update from doc (/cooker/doc/manualB)

7 files changed, 3775 insertions, 5394 deletions

diff --git a/perl-install/help.pm b/perl-install/help.pm
index e1474b1f7..69247fd02 100644
--- a/perl-install/help.pm
+++ b/perl-install/help.pm
@@ -9,47 +9,46 @@ use common;
 #            you want it changed.
 sub acceptLicense() {
     N("Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It
-covers the entire Mandrakelinux distribution. If you do agree with all the
-terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button
-will reboot your computer.", N("Accept"), N("Quit"));
+covers the entire Mandrakelinux distribution. If you agree with all the
+terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"
+button will reboot your computer.", N("Accept"), N("Quit"));
 }
 sub addUser() {
-    N("GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own
-preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''
-to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the
-system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be
-authorized to change anything except their own files and their own
-configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious
-changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at
-least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should
-use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as
-\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A
-very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If
-you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is
-that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.
+    N("GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her
+own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the
+system administrator, the users you add at this point won't be authorized
+to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,
+protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could
+impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular
+user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,
+day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do
+anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple
+mistake could mean that your system won't work any more. If you make a
+serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll
+lose some information, but you won't affect the entire system.
 
 The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory
 -- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word
-you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name
+you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name
 this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override
 the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.
 From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is
-not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect
-it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the
-ones at risk.
+not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it
+by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones
+at risk.
 
 Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one
-of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when
-you have finished adding users.
+of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're
+finished adding users.
 
 Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for
 that user (bash by default).
 
-When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user who
-can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you
-are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security),
-choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". If you are
-not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box.", N("User name"), N("Accept user"), N("Next"), N("Advanced"), N("Next"), N("Do you want to use this feature?"));
+When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who
+will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If
+you're interested in that feature (and don't care much about local
+security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on
+\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box.", N("User name"), N("Accept user"), N("Next"), N("Advanced"), N("Next"), N("Do you want to use this feature?"));
 }
 sub ask_mntpoint_s() {
     N("Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.
@@ -85,25 +84,33 @@ With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means
 sub chooseCd() {
     N("The Mandrakelinux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a
 selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current
-CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required.");
+CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested
+CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be
+installed.", N("Cancel"));
 }
 sub choosePackages() {
-    N("It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your
-system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrakelinux, and
-to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of
-similar applications.
+    N("It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.
+There are thousands of packages available for Mandrakelinux, and to make it
+simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar
+applications.
 
-Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your
-machine. Mandrakelinux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can
-mix and match applications from the various categories, so a
-``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the
-``Development'' category installed.
+Mandrakelinux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and
+match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''
+installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category
+installed.
 
  * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or
-more of the groups that are in the workstation category.
+more of the groups in the workstation category.
 
  * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the
-appropriate groups from that category.
+appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will
+configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the
+Linux Standard Base specifications.
+
+   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,
+instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%-LSB compliance
+of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will
+still have a system which is nearly 100% LSB-compliant.
 
  * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the
 more common services you wish to install on your machine.
@@ -113,9 +120,19 @@ environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical
 interface available.
 
 Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory
-text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular
-installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing
-different options for a minimal installation:
+text about that group.
+
+You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the
+packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will
+be installed.
+
+If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups
+and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for
+repairing or updating an existing system.
+
+If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as
+opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options
+for a minimal installation:
 
  * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a
 working graphical desktop.
@@ -125,100 +142,65 @@ documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.
 
  * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary
 to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a
-command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65
-megabytes.
-
-You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the
-packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will
-be installed.
-
-If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups
-to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or
-updating an existing system.", N("Workstation"), N("Development"), N("Server"), N("Graphical Environment"), N("With X"), N("With basic documentation"), N("Truly minimal install"), N("Individual package selection"), N("Upgrade"));
+command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65
+megabytes.", N("Workstation"), N("Development"), N("Server"), N("Graphical Environment"), N("Individual package selection"), N("Upgrade"), N("With X"), N("With basic documentation"), N("Truly minimal install"));
 }
 sub choosePackagesTree() {
-    N("If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,
-it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and
-subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,
-subgroups, or individual packages.
+    N("If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present
+a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While
+browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual
+packages.
 
-Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the
-right to let you know the purpose of the package.
+Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the
+right to let you know the purpose of that package.
 
 !! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically
 chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,
-you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be
+you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be
 installed. By default Mandrakelinux will automatically start any installed
 services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at
-the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that
+the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that
 security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrakelinux was
-finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do
-or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will
-install the listed services and they will be started automatically by
-default during boot. !!
+finalized. If you don't know what a particular service is supposed to do or
+why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install
+the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!
 
 The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears
 whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a
-dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each them such
-that installation of one package requires that some other program is also
-required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are
-required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.
+dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of
+one particular package may require the installation of another package. The
+installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency
+to successfully complete the installation.
 
 The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a
 package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you
 have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking
-on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the
-end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to
-create such a floppy.", N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Automatic dependencies"));
-}
-sub configureNetwork() {
-    N("You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to
-connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".
-Mandrakelinux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If
-this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to
-configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"
-button will take you to the next step.
-
-When configuring your network, the available connections options are:
-Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,
-cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).
-
-We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have
-all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.
-from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.
-
-About Winmodem Connection. Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems
-that require additional software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of
-those modems actually work under Mandrakelinux, some others do not. You
-can consult the list of supported modems at LinModems.
-
-You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections
-for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is
-installed and use the program described there to configure your connection.", N("Next"), N("Use auto detection"), N("Cancel"));
+on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of
+another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create
+such a floppy.", N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Automatic dependencies"));
 }
 sub configurePrinter() {
     N("\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration
 wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more
-information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is
-similar to the one used during installation.", N("Printer"), N("Configure"));
+information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our
+manual is similar to the one used during installation.", N("Printer"), N("Configure"));
 }
 sub configureServices() {
-    N("This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot
+    N("This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot
 time.
 
-DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.
-Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot
+DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review
+each one of them carefully and uncheck those which aren't needed at boot
 time.
 
 A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is
-selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,
+selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,
 it is safer to leave the default behavior.
 
 !! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a
-server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not
-need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are
-enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.
-!!");
+server: you probably don't want to start any services which you don't need.
+Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a
+server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!");
 }
 sub configureTimezoneGMT() {
     N("GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to
@@ -226,23 +208,23 @@ local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your
 motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting
 \"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the
 hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine
-also hosts another operating system like Windows.
+also hosts another operating system.
 
-The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a
-remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have
-a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located
-near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by
-other machines on your local network as well.", N("Hardware clock set to GMT"), N("Automatic time synchronization"));
+The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by
+connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to
+work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you
+choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time
+server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well.", N("Hardware clock set to GMT"), N("Automatic time synchronization"));
 }
 sub configureX_card_list() {
     N("Graphic Card
 
    The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the
-graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can
+graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can
 choose from this list the card you actually have installed.
 
    In the situation where different servers are available for your card,
-with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that
+with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which
 best suits your needs.");
 }
 sub configureX_chooser() {
@@ -250,32 +232,34 @@ sub configureX_chooser() {
 on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,
 WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrakelinux rely upon.
 
-You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get
-an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card
+You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal
+graphical display.
+
+Graphic Card
 
    The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the
-graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can
+graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can
 choose from this list the card you actually have installed.
 
    In the situation where different servers are available for your card,
-with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that
+with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which
 best suits your needs.
 
 
 
 Monitor
 
-   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the
-monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from
-this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.
+   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the
+monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose
+from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.
 
 
 
 Resolution
 
    Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your
-hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to
-change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen
+graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be
+able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen
 configuration is shown in the monitor picture.
 
 
@@ -284,104 +268,105 @@ Test
 
    Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.
 
-   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired
-resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",
-then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it
+   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired
+resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",
+then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it
 means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and
-the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the
+the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the
 menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.
 
 
 
 Options
 
-   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically
-switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check
-\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful
-in getting the display configured.", N("Yes"), N("No"));
+   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to
+automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may
+want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were
+not successful in getting the display configured.", N("Yes"), N("No"));
 }
 sub configureX_monitor() {
     N("Monitor
 
-   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the
-monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from
-this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.");
+   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the
+monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose
+from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.");
 }
 sub configureX_resolution() {
     N("Resolution
 
    Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your
-hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to
-change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen
+graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be
+able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen
 configuration is shown in the monitor picture.");
 }
 sub configureX_xfree_and_glx() {
     N("In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with
-or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that best
+or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best
 suits your needs.");
 }
 sub configureXxdm() {
     N("Options
 
-   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically
-switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check
-\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful
-in getting the display configured.", N("No"));
+   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to
+automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may
+want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were
+not successful in getting the display configured.", N("No"));
 }
 sub doPartitionDisks() {
-    N("At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake
-Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or
-if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will
-have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists
-of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new
+    N("You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandrakelinux
+operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an
+existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to
+partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to
+logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new
 Mandrakelinux system.
 
 Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible
-and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already
-installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if
-you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which
+and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful
+for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which
 simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the
 rest of this section and above all, take your time.
 
-Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:
+Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are
+available:
 
- * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank
+ * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank
 drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.
 
- * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on
+ * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on
 your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then
 be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.
 The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's
 a good idea to keep them.
 
- * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes
+ * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes
 all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for
 GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and
 data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows
 FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any
-data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.
-Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is
+data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.
+Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is
 recommended if you want to use both Mandrakelinux and Microsoft Windows on
 the same computer.
 
    Before choosing this option, please understand that after this
 procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller
-then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft
-Windows to store your data or to install new software.
+than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows
+to store your data or to install new software.
 
- * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on
-your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrakelinux system,
-choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your
-choice after you confirm.
+ * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on
+your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrakelinux system, choose
+this option. Be careful, because you won't be able to undo this operation
+after you confirm.
 
    !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!
 
- * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,
-partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.
+ * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by
+Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the
+drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.
 
    !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!
 
- * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard
+ * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard
 drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very
 easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only
 recommended if you have done something like this before and have some
@@ -390,18 +375,19 @@ refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''.", N(
 }
 sub exitInstall() {
     N("There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is
-ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to
-remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you
+ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget
+to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you
 should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the
-bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.
+boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.
 
 The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:
 
- * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically
-perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to
-the installation you just configured.
+ * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will
+automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,
+similar to the installation you've just configured.
 
-   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:
+   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that
+button:
 
     * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning
 step is the only interactive procedure.
@@ -409,67 +395,67 @@ step is the only interactive procedure.
     * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely
 rewritten, all data is lost.
 
-   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.
-See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.
+   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar
+machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more
+information.
+
+ * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.
+To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and
+start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux
+defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.
 
- * \"%s\": saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To
-use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start
-the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux
-defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.", N("Reboot"), N("Advanced"), N("Generate auto-install floppy"), N("Replay"), N("Automated"), N("Save packages selection"));
+(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type
+\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat
+/dev/fd0\".", N("Reboot"), N("Advanced"), N("Generate auto-install floppy"), N("Replay"), N("Automated"), N("Save packages selection"));
 }
 sub formatPartitions() {
-    N("Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use
-(formatting means creating a file system).
-
-At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to
-erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those
-partitions as well.
+    N("If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to
+reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please
+select those partitions as well.
 
-Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing
+Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing
 partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating
-system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to
-reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically
-\"/home\").
+system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you don't have to reformat
+partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").
 
-Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on
-the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover
-it.
+Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is
+completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you
+won't be able to recover it.
 
-Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format the partitions.
+Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.
 
 Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new
 Mandrakelinux operating system installation.
 
-Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for
+Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for
 bad blocks on the disk.", N("Next"), N("Previous"), N("Advanced"));
 }
 sub installUpdates() {
-    N("At the time you are installing Mandrakelinux, it is likely that some
-packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have
-been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these
-updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"
-if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to
-install updated packages later.
-
-Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be
-retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will
-appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the
-selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort.", N("Yes"), N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Install"), N("Cancel"));
+    N("By the time you install Mandrakelinux, it's likely that some packages will
+have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,
+security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,
+you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you
+have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install
+updated packages later.
+
+Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can
+be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree
+will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install
+the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort.", N("Yes"), N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Install"), N("Cancel"));
 }
 sub miscellaneous() {
-    N("At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired
-for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set
-higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine
-directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level
-is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.
+    N("At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire
+for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set
+higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly
+exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is
+generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.
 
-If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will
-be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the
-Mandrake Control Center.
+If you don't know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able
+to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandrakelinux
+Control Center.
 
-The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who
-will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that
-address.", N("Security Administrator"));
+Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for
+security. Security messages will be sent to that address.", N("Security Administrator"));
 }
 sub partition_with_diskdrake() {
     N("At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the
@@ -575,68 +561,69 @@ With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means
 disk or partition is called \"C:\").");
 }
 sub selectCountry() {
-    N("\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this
-country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country
-is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete
-country list.", N("Country / Region"), N("Configure"), N("More"));
+    N("\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,
+click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country isn't in the
+list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list.", N("Country / Region"), N("Configure"), N("More"));
 }
 sub selectInstallClass() {
     N("This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been
 found on your machine.
 
-DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade
-of an existing Mandrakelinux system:
+DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an
+upgrade of an existing Mandrakelinux system:
 
- * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If
-you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file
-system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning
-scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.
+ * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.
+However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of
+your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.
+If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change
+the file system, you should use this option.
 
- * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages
-currently installed on your Mandrakelinux system. Your current
-partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other
-configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.
+ * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages
+currently installed on your Mandrakelinux system. Your current partitioning
+scheme and user data won't be altered. Most of the other configuration
+steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.
 
 Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrakelinux systems
-running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior
+running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior
 to Mandrakelinux version \"8.1\" is not recommended.", N("Install"), N("Upgrade"));
 }
 sub selectKeyboard() {
-    N("Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically
-select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the
-selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout.
+    N("Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a
+particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits
+you or choose another keyboard layout.
 
-Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your
+Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your
 language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may
 have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,
 you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and
-country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step
+country-set keyboard don't match. In either case, this installation step
 will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.
 
-Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of
-supported keyboards.
+Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.
 
 If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next
-dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the
+dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the
 keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts.", N("More"));
 }
 sub selectLanguage() {
-    N("Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the
-documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the
-region you are located in, and then the language you speak.
+    N("The first step is to choose your preferred language.
+
+Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the
+documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're
+located in, then the language you speak.
 
 Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to
 be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific
-files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will
-host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default
-language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.
+files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish
+users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in
+the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.
 
 About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to
-cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is
-still under development. For that reason, Mandrakelinux will be using it
-or not depending on the user choices:
+cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is
+still under development. For that reason, Mandrakelinux's use of UTF-8 will
+depend on the user's choices:
 
- * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1
+ * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1
 languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most
 iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;
 
@@ -645,50 +632,53 @@ iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;
  * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using
 the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;
 
- * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by
-selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been
-chosen.
+ * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a
+user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which
+languages were been chosen.
 
 Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You
-may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"
-box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell
-checkers, etc. for that language will also be installed.
+may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.
+Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,
+etc. will also be installed for that language.
 
-To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can
-launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the
-language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user
-will only change the language settings for that particular user.", N("Advanced"), N("Espanol"), N("Use Unicode by default"), N("All languages"));
+To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can
+launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used
+by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only
+change the language settings for that particular user.", N("Advanced"), N("Espanol"), N("Use Unicode by default"), N("All languages"));
 }
 sub selectMouse() {
     N("Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your
 mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will
 configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a
-two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and
+two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and
 right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses
 a PS/2, serial or USB interface.
 
-In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse
-that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can
-simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your
-mouse up and down.
+If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"
+mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the
+wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse
+pointer up and down.
 
 If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it
 from the list provided.
 
-If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be
+You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which
+will work with nearly all mice.
+
+If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be
 displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are
 correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not
-working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to
-go back to the list of choices.
+working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and
+you will be returned to the mouse list.
 
-Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to
+Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to
 select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to
 the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and
-pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll
-the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the
-on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the
-buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your
-mouse.", N("with Wheel emulation"), N("Next"));
+pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.
+Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you
+scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.
+Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you
+move your mouse about.", N("with Wheel emulation"), N("Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"), N("Next"));
 }
 sub selectSerialPort() {
     N("Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under
@@ -696,12 +686,12 @@ Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux.");
 }
 sub setRootPassword() {
     N("This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux
-system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system
+system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system
 administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,
 change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can
-do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to
-guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you
-can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you
+do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to
+guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you
+can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise
 against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other
 operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and
 unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the
@@ -710,120 +700,69 @@ partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become
 
 The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8
 characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far
-too easy to compromise a system.
+too easy to compromise your system.
 
-One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you
+One caveat: don't make the password too long or too complicated because you
 must be able to remember it!
 
-The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce
-the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password
-twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this
-``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you
-connect.
+The password won't be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the
+chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If
+you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this
+``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".
 
-If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication
-server, click the \"%s\" button.
+If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,
+click on the \"%s\" button.
 
 If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication
-services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which
+services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you don't know which
 one to use, you should ask your network administrator.
 
-If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer
-will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody
-who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\".", N("Advanced"), N("authentication"), N("No password"));
-}
-sub setupBootloader() {
-    N("This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:
-
- * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:
-
-    * \"%s\": if you prefer GRUB (text menu).
-
-    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.
-
-    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.
-
- * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if
-you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive
-(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");
-
- * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay
-given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the
-default.
-
- * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power
-management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and
-you need it, check this box.
-
- * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,
-instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by
-checking this box.
-
-!! Be aware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting
-\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrakelinux
-system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the
-options. !!
-
-Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which
-are normally reserved for the expert user.", N("Bootloader to use"), N("GRUB"), N("LILO with text menu"), N("LILO with graphical menu"), N("Boot device"), N("/dev/hda"), N("/dev/hdb"), N("/dev/fd0"), N("Delay before booting the default image"), N("Enable ACPI"), N("Force no APIC"), N("Skip"), N("Advanced"));
-}
-sub setupBootloaderAddEntry() {
-    N("After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of
-boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.
-
-If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will
-automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing
-options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and
-clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your
-changes.
-
-You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to
-anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the
-corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the
-bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other
-operating systems!", N("Add"), N("Modify"), N("Remove"), N("Next"));
+If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your
+computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust
+everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\".", N("Advanced"), N("authentication"), N("No password"));
 }
 sub setupBootloaderBeginner() {
-    N("LILO and GRUB are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally
-automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to
-what it finds there:
+    N("A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot
+time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot
+loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot
+sector and act according to what it finds there:
 
  * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO
-boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any
-other OS installed on your machine.
+boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other
+OS installed on your machine.
 
- * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new
-one.
+ * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.
 
-If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the
-bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"
-won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing.", N("First sector of drive (MBR)"), N("Skip"));
+If DrakX can't determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you
+where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.
+Choosing \"%s\" won't install any boot loader. Use this option only if you
+know what you're doing.", N("First sector of drive (MBR)"), N("Skip"));
 }
 sub setupDefaultSpooler() {
-    N("Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may
-offer you one, but Mandrakelinux offers two. Each of the printing systems
-is best suited to particular types of configuration.
+    N("Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other
+operating systems may offer you one, but Mandrakelinux offers two. Each of
+the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.
 
  * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice
 if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to
-panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"
+panic out of printer jams, and you don't have networked printers. (\"%s\"
 will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used
-with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first
-experience with GNU/Linux.
-
- * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for
-printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is
-simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient
-\"lpd \" printing system, so it is compatible with older operating systems
-which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup
-is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make
-sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical
-front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the
-printer.
+within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your
+first experience with GNU/Linux.
+
+ * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent
+choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the
+planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for
+the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older
+operating systems which may still need print services. While quite
+powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to
+emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.
+\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer
+options and for managing the printer.
 
 If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing
-system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control
-Center and clicking the expert button.", N("pdq"), N("pdq"), N("CUPS"), N("CUPS"));
+system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrakelinux
+Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button.", N("pdq"), N("pdq"), N("CUPS"), N("CUPS"), N("Expert"));
 }
 sub setupSCSI() {
     N("DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will
@@ -843,137 +782,60 @@ If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine
 which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually
 configure the driver.");
 }
-sub setupYabootAddEntry() {
-    N("You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,
-alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.
-
-For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"
-partition.
-
-For Linux, there are a few possible options:
-
- * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to
-select this boot option.
-
- * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a
-variation of vmlinux with an extension.
-
- * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.
-
- * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to
-assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button
-emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.
-The following are some examples:
-
-   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111
-hda=autotune
-
-   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111
-
- * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before
-the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency
-boot situation.
-
- * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you
-need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a
-ramdisk larger than the default.
-
- * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as
-read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.
-You can override the default with this option.
-
- * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally
-problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with
-native frame buffer support.
-
- * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,
-selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be
-highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections.");
-}
-sub setupYabootGeneral() {
-    N("Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to
-boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly
-detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you
-can add an entry by hand in this screen. Take care to choose the correct
-parameters.
-
-Yaboot's main options are:
-
- * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.
-
- * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required
-to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier
-to hold this information.
-
- * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with
-yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can
-choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;
-
- * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.
-After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments
-before your default kernel description is selected;
-
- * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD
-at the first boot prompt.
-
- * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for
-Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.
-
- * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open
-Firmware Delay expires.");
-}
 sub sound_config() {
-    N("\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.
-If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually
-present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another
-driver.", N("Sound card"));
+    N("\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed
+here. If you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your
+system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.", N("Sound card"));
 }
 sub summary() {
-    N("As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your
-system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of
-the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to
-be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.
-Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.
+    N("As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered
+about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you
+may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the
+hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current
+configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.
 
  * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if
 necessary.
 
- * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this
-country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country
-is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete
+ * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this
+country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country
+isn't in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete
 country list.
 
- * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country
+ * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country
 you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not
 correct.
 
- * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to
-change it if necessary.
+ * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button
+to change it if necessary.
 
  * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer
 configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter
-Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface
-presented there is similar to the one used during installation.
+Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface
+presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.
 
- * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed
-here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is
-actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose
-another driver.
+ * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed
+here. If you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your
+system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its
+configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it isn't
+detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.
+
+ * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with
+the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.
 
  * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in
-\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on
+\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that doesn't suit you, click on
 \"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.
 
- * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.
-If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to
-configure it manually.
-
- * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed
-here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the
-card.
+ * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,
+you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the
+Mandrakelinux Control Center after the installation has finished to benefit
+from full in-line help.
 
- * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access
-now.
+ * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine
+you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.
 
  * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a
 previous step ().
@@ -983,12 +845,14 @@ idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult
 the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about
 firewall settings.
 
- * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that
-button. This should be reserved to advanced users.
+ * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this
+button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed
+documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the
+Mandrakelinux Control Center.
 
- * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run
+ * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run
 on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good
-idea to review this setup.", N("Configure"), N("Keyboard"), N("Country / Region"), N("Configure"), N("More"), N("Timezone"), N("Configure"), N("Mouse"), N("Printer"), N("Configure"), N("Sound card"), N("Graphical Interface"), N("Configure"), N("TV card"), N("Configure"), N("ISDN card"), N("Configure"), N("Network"), N("Security Level"), N("Firewall"), N("Bootloader"), N("Services"));
+idea to review this setup.", N("Configure"), N("Keyboard"), N("Country / Region"), N("Configure"), N("More"), N("Timezone"), N("Configure"), N("Mouse"), N("Printer"), N("Configure"), N("Sound card"), N("TV card"), N("Configure"), N("ISDN card"), N("Configure"), N("Graphical Interface"), N("Configure"), N("Network"), N("Proxies"), N("Security Level"), N("Firewall"), N("Bootloader"), N("Services"));
 }
 sub takeOverHdChoose() {
     N("Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new
@@ -1002,5 +866,5 @@ to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including
 any Windows data.
 
 Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions
-present on this hard drive.", N("Next"), N("Next"), N("Previous"));
+present on this hard drive.", N("Next ->"), N("Next ->"), N("<- Previous"));
 }
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
index d76cc25b2..1e3d4784b 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
@@ -5,59 +5,60 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
-"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
-"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
-"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
-"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandrakelinux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux system.\n"
 "\n"
 "Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
-"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
-"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
-"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
 "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
 "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
 "\n"
-"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
 "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
 "your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
 "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
 "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
 "a good idea to keep them.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
 "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
 "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
 "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
 "FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
-"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
-"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
 "recommended if you want to use both Mandrakelinux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
 "the same computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
 "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
-"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
-"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
-"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrakelinux system,\n"
-"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
-"choice after you confirm.\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrakelinux system, choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you won't be able to undo this operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
-"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
 "drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
 "easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
 "recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
@@ -71,20 +72,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plattenplatz so aufzuteilen, dass Ihr Mandrakelinux darauf installiert\n"
 "werden kann.\n"
 "\n"
-"Da dieser Schritt normalerweise irreversibel ist, kann das Partitionieren\n"
-"für unerfahrene Anwender unangenehm und stressig sein. Dieser Assistent\n"
-"kann Ihnen diesen Schritt abnehmen. Lesen Sie dennoch vor Beginn im\n"
-"Handbuch die entsprechenden Passagen und lassen Sie sich Zeit mit der\n"
-"Entscheidung.\n"
+"Da dieser Schritt normalerweise irreversibel ist und auch zu Datenverlusten\n"
+"führen kann haben manche unerfahrenen User Hemmungen, diesen Schritt\n"
+"auszuführen. Glücklicherweise enthält DrakX einen Assistenten, der den\n"
+"Prozess sehr vereinfacht. Lesen Sie dennoch vor Beginn im Handbuch die\n"
+"entsprechenden Passagen und lassen Sie sich Zeit mit der Entscheidung.\n"
 "\n"
 "Abhängig vom aktuellen Zustand Ihrer Platte(n) haben Sie verschiedene\n"
 "Alternativen:\n"
 "\n"
 " * „%s“: Dies führt einfach dazu, dass Ihre leere(n) Festplatte(n)\n"
 "automatisch partitioniert werden; Sie müssen sich also um nichts weiter\n"
-"kümmern.(*)\n"
+"kümmern.\n"
 "\n"
-" * „%s“: Der Assistent hat eine oder mehrere existierende Linux Partitionen\n"
+" * „%s“: Der Assistent hat eine oder mehrere existierende Linux-Partitionen\n"
 "auf Ihrer Platte gefunden. Wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche, falls Sie sie\n"
 "behalten wollen. Sie werden dann gebeten, die Einhängpunkte der Partitionen\n"
 "anzugeben. Als Vorgabe erhalten Sie die Einhängpunkte der gefundenen\n"
@@ -113,8 +114,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "   !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n"
 "gelöscht! !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * „%s“: Bei dieser Variante werden alle Windows Partitionen gelöscht und\n"
-"die Platte(n) komplett neu partitioniert.\n"
+" * „%s“: Diese Option erscheint, wenn der gesamte Platz von Microsoft\n"
+"Windows eingenommen wird. Bei der Auswahl der Option wird einfach der\n"
+"gesamte Inhalt der Platte gelöscht und neu partitioniert.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n"
 "gelöscht! !!\n"
@@ -125,15 +127,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vornehmen, aber gleichzeitig auch sehr leicht Daten verlieren können. Diese\n"
 "Option ist nur geeignet, wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun. Um zu erfahren, wie\n"
 "Sie DiskDrake verwenden können, lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel „Ihre\n"
-"Partitionen verwalten“ im „Starter Handbuch“\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) In Deutschland ist es quasi unmöglich, Komplettrechner mit leeren\n"
-"Festplatten zu erhalten, da laut Gesetz nur Rechner mit BS verkauft werden\n"
-"dürfen. Diese Regelung stammt noch aus der Zeit, als Politiker nur\n"
-"proprietäre kommerzielle BSe kannten und sich nicht vorstellen konnten,\n"
-"dass es freie und sogar kostenlose Alternativen gibt. Jeder Käufer eines\n"
-"Komplettrechners ohne BS wurde quasi mit einem Raubkopierer von Produkten\n"
-"aus Redmond gleichgesetzt."
+"Partitionen verwalten“ im „Starter Handbuch“."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -141,56 +135,56 @@ msgid ""
 "Resolution\n"
 "\n"
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
 "configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
 msgstr ""
 "Auflösung\n"
 "\n"
 "   Sie können hier Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihre Hardware wählen.\n"
 "Entscheiden Sie sich, welche Variante Ihren Wünschen am ehesten entspricht\n"
-"(Sie können diese Angaben natürlich nach der Installation noch ändern). Sie\n"
-"können sich einen Eindruck anhand des abgebildeten Monitors bilden."
+"(Sie können diese Angaben natürlich nach der Installation noch ändern).\n"
+"Anhand des abgebildeten Monitors können Sie sich einen sofortigen Eindruck\n"
+"bilden."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
-"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
-"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
-"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
-"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
-"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
-"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n"
-"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n"
-"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n"
-"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n"
-"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n"
-"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n"
-"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point won't be authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system won't work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you won't affect the entire system.\n"
 "\n"
 "The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
 "-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
-"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
 "this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
 "the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
 "From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
-"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n"
-"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n"
-"ones at risk.\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
 "\n"
 "Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
-"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n"
-"you have finished adding users.\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
 "\n"
 "Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
 "that user (bash by default).\n"
 "\n"
-"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user who\n"
-"can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you\n"
-"are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security),\n"
-"choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". If you are\n"
-"not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and don't care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
 msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux ist ein Mehrbenutzer-System, das bedeutet konkret jedes\n"
 "Benutzerkennzeichen hat eigene Präferenzen (Grafische Umgebung,\n"
@@ -235,102 +229,40 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Take care to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
-"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-msgstr ""
-"yaboot ist ein BS-Starter für NewWorld MacIntosh Rechner. Er kann sowohl\n"
-"GNU/Linux als auch MacOS oder MacOS X starten, falls diese auf Ihrem\n"
-"Rechner installiert sind. Normalerweise werden diese Betriebssysteme alle\n"
-"automatisch gefunden und eingebunden. Sollte dies nicht der Fall sein,\n"
-"können Sie diese hier manuell hinzufügen. Stellen Sie jedoch sicher, die\n"
-"richtigen Parameter zu verwenden.\n"
-"\n"
-"Die Hauptparameter von yaboot sind:\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Ein Text, der vor der Eingabeaufforderung angezeigt wird.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Hiermit wird angegeben, wohin die Informationen zum Starten Ihres\n"
-"GNU/Linux Systems geschrieben werden sollen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Im Gegensatz zu LILO, stehen mit yaboot zwei Verzögerungen zur\n"
-"Verfügung. Die erste Verzögerung wird in Sekunden angegeben und dient zur\n"
-"Auswahl zwischen CD, OF Boot, MacOS oder Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Diese Verzögerung entspricht der LILO Start-Verzögerung. Sie haben\n"
-"nach der Auswahl von GNU/Linux diese Verzögerung (in 0,1 Sekunden\n"
-"Schritten) Zeit, bis der Standardkern geladen wird.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen an der ersten\n"
-"Eingabeaufforderung [C] für den Start von CD zu wählen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen an der ersten\n"
-"Eingabeaufforderung [N] für den Open Firmware Start zu wählen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Hiermit stellen Sie ein, welches Betriebssystem nach Ablauf der\n"
-"Open Firmware Verzögerung automatisch gestartet werden soll."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
 "found on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrakelinux system:\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandrakelinux system:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
-"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
-"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
-"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrakelinux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrakelinux system. Your current partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data won't be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrakelinux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
 "to Mandrakelinux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
 msgstr ""
 "Dieser Schritt wird nur aufgerufen, wenn mindestens eine GNU/Linux\n"
 "Partition auf Ihren Festplatten gefunden wird.\n"
 "\n"
 "DrakX fragt Sie nun nach der gewünschten Installationsart. Sie haben die\n"
-"Wahl zwischen einer Aktualisierung einer bereits vorhandenen Mandrake\n"
-"Linux-Version oder einer kompletten Neuinstallation:\n"
+"Wahl zwischen einer Aktualisierung einer bereits vorhandenen\n"
+"Mandrakelinux-Version oder einer kompletten Neuinstallation:\n"
 "\n"
 " * „%s“: Entfernt komplett ältere Versionen von Mandrakelinux, die noch\n"
 "installiert sind - um genau zu sein, können Sie je nach aktuellem Inhalt\n"
 "Ihrer Platte auch einige ältere Linux- oder anderweitige Partitionen\n"
-"unangetastet behalten.\n"
+"unangetastet behalten. Diese Installationsart ist gut, wenn Sie die\n"
+"Partitionseinteilung auf Ihrer Festplatte sowieso ändern oder das benutzte\n"
+"Dateisystem austauschen wollen\n"
 "\n"
 " * „%s“: Mit dieser Variante können Sie eine existierende Mandrakelinux\n"
 "Version aktualisieren. Die Partitionstabellen sowie die persönlichen\n"
@@ -344,17 +276,17 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrakelinux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have\n"
-"been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
-"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
-"install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
-"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+"By the time you install Mandrakelinux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
 msgstr ""
 "Es ist sehr wahrscheinlich, dass zum Zeitpunkt Ihrer Mandrakelinux\n"
 "Installation bereits einige Pakete aktualisiert wurden, etwa da noch Fehler\n"
@@ -376,80 +308,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer GRUB (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
-"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
-"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
-"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
-"default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
-"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
-"you need it, check this box.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
-"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
-"checking this box.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Be aware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrakelinux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
-"options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
-"are normally reserved for the expert user."
-msgstr ""
-"DrakX bietet Ihnen einen Dialog mit verschiedenen Auswahlmöglichkeiten.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Hier erhalten Sie drei Alternativen:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * „%s“: Falls Sie GRUB (Textmenü) bevorzugen.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * „%s“: Falls Sie LILO mit Textmenü als Ihren Favoriten ansehen.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * „%s“: Falls Sie LILO mit seiner grafischen Oberfläche bevorzugen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Normalerweise müssen Sie hier nichts ändern („%s“), Sie könnten\n"
-"jedoch den Starter auch auf der zweiten Platte installieren, („%s“) oder\n"
-"sogar auf einer Diskette („%s“).\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner neu starten erhalten Sie im Menü der zur\n"
-"Verfügung stehenden BSe eine gewisse Zeit um auszuwählen, was Sie starten\n"
-"möchten. Sollten Sie während dieser Zeit keine Wahl getroffen haben, wird\n"
-"Ihr Standard-BS gestartet.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: ACPI ist ein neuer Standard für die Energieverwaltung (im Jahr\n"
-"2002 eingeführt), ursprünglich für Laptops vorgesehen. Falls Sie wissen,\n"
-"dass Ihre Hardware dieses Protokoll unterstützt, markieren Sie einfach\n"
-"dieses Feld.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Falls Sie Hardwareprobleme bei Ihrem Rechner haben (IRQ Konflikte,\n"
-"Instabilitäten, Stehenbleiben des kompletten Systems, ...) sollten Sie\n"
-"versuchen, APIC zu deaktivieren, indem Sie diese Markierung löschen.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Machen Sie sich klar, dass Sie sich selbst darum kümmern müssen,\n"
-"irgendwie Ihr Mandrakelinux-System zu starten, wenn Sie hier keinen\n"
-"Betriebssystemstarter installieren (durch Auswahl von „%s“). Stellen Sie\n"
-"auch sicher, dass Sie wissen was Sie tun, wenn Sie hier Einstellungen\n"
-"verändern ... !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Durch wählen der Schaltfläche „%s“ erhalten Sie etliche Optionen, die dem\n"
-"fortgeschrittenen Anwender vorbehalten bleiben."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
 "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux operating system.\n"
@@ -516,32 +374,34 @@ msgid ""
 "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
 "WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrakelinux rely upon.\n"
 "\n"
-"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
-"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
 "\n"
 "   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
 "choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
 "   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
-"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
 "best suits your needs.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Resolution\n"
 "\n"
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
 "configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -550,27 +410,26 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 "   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
 "\n"
-"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
-"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
-"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
 "means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
-"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
 "menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
 msgstr ""
 "X (das X Window System) ist das Herz der grafischen Benutzeroberfläche von\n"
 "GNU/Linux. Es bildet die Grundlage für die Vielzahl grafischer\n"
 "Benutzerumgebungen, die Mandrakelinux Ihnen anbietet (wie etwa KDE, GNOME,\n"
-"AfterStep oder WindowMaker). Auch hier wird DrakX die Konfiguration soweit\n"
-"wie möglich selbstständig vollziehen.\n"
+"AfterStep oder WindowMaker).\n"
 "\n"
 "Sie erhalten eine Liste möglicher Parameter, mit deren Hilfe Sie die\n"
 "Grafikausgabe ändern können:\n"
@@ -599,14 +458,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "   Sie können hier Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihre Hardware wählen.\n"
 "Entscheiden Sie sich, welche Variante Ihren Wünschen am ehesten entspricht\n"
-"(Sie können diese Angaben natürlich nach der Installation noch ändern). Sie\n"
-"können sich einen Eindruck anhand des abgebildeten Monitors bilden.\n"
+"(Sie können diese Angaben natürlich nach der Installation noch ändern).\n"
+"Anhand des abgebildeten Monitors können Sie sich einen sofortigen Eindruck\n"
+"bilden.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Test\n"
 "\n"
-"   Je nach Hardware erscheint dieser Eintrag nicht.\n"
+"   Je nach Hardware kann es sein, dass dieser Eintrag nicht erscheint.\n"
 "\n"
 "   DrakX versucht eine Testbild mit denen von Ihnen gewünschten\n"
 "Einstellungen zu öffnen. Falls Sie während des Tests einen Dialog sehen, in\n"
@@ -622,44 +482,44 @@ msgstr ""
 "Optionen\n"
 "\n"
 "   Sie können direkt bei Betriebssystemstart die grafische Umgebung\n"
-"aktivieren. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ wird in eine reine\n"
+"aktivieren. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ wird in eine reine\n"
 "Textumgebung gestartet. Das ist sinnvoll für Server oder wenn Sie bei dem\n"
-"Versuch die grafische Umgebung zu konfigurieren erfolglos waren. Wählen Sie\n"
-"„%s“, um die grafische Umgebung vorzufinden."
+"Versuch die grafische Umgebung zu konfigurieren erfolglos waren."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrakelinux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
-"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandrakelinux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
 "if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you don't have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
 "will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
-"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
-"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it is compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrakelinux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
 msgstr ""
 "Hier können Sie das Drucksystem für Ihren Rechner wählen. Andere\n"
 "Betriebssysteme bieten Ihnen nur eines, bei Mandrakelinux können Sie\n"
-"zwischen zwei verschiedenen wählen.\n"
+"zwischen zwei verschiedenen wählen. jedes dieser Systeme ist für eine\n"
+"bestimmte Konfiguration des Systems am besten geeignet.\n"
 "\n"
-" * „%s“ - Es steht für „print, don't queue“ (engl. für „Drucken ohne\n"
+" * „%s“ -- Es steht für „print, don't queue“ (engl. für „Drucken ohne\n"
 "Warteschlange“). Falls Sie einen Drucker haben, der direkt an Ihrem Rechner\n"
 "hängt und Sie keine Netzwerkdrucker verwenden wollen, ist dies das\n"
 "Drucksystem Ihrer Wahl. Es kann zwar auch mit Netzwerkdruckern umgehen, ist\n"
@@ -667,37 +527,44 @@ msgstr ""
 "sind.\n"
 "\n"
 " * „%s“ - Mit dem „Common Unix Printing System“ (engl. für „Allgemeines\n"
-"Unix-Drucksystem“) können Sie ebenso gut um auf Ihrem direkt\n"
-"angeschlossenen Drucker drucken, wie auf einem Drucker, der an einem Server\n"
-"auf der anderen Seite der Welt hängt. Es ist einfach zu bedienen und kann\n"
-"sowohl als Server als auch als Klient für das alte „lpd“-Drucksystem\n"
-"verwendet werden - Es ist somit rückwärtskompatibel. Es ist sehr mächtig,\n"
-"in seiner Grundeinstellung verhält es sich jedoch genau wie „pdq“. Wenn Sie\n"
-"einen „lpd“ Server benötigen, müssen Sie einfach nur den „cups-lpd“ Dämon\n"
-"starten. CUPS bietet grafische Konfigurations- und Druckmenüs.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sie können diese Wahl später immer wieder ändern, indem Sie PrinterDrake im\n"
-"Mandrake-Kontrollzentrum starten und dort die Schaltfläche „%s“ betätigen."
+"Unix-Drucksystem“) können Sie ebensogut auf Ihrem direkt angeschlossenen\n"
+"Drucker drucken, wie auf einem Drucker, der an einem Server auf der anderen\n"
+"Seite der Welt hängt. Es ist einfach zu bedienen und kann sowohl als Server\n"
+"als auch als Klient für das alte „lpd“-Drucksystem verwendet werden - Es\n"
+"ist somit rückwärtskompatibel. Es ist sehr mächtig, in seiner\n"
+"Grundeinstellung verhält es sich jedoch genau wie „pdq“. Wenn Sie einen\n"
+"„lpd“ Server benötigen, müssen Sie einfach nur den „cups-lpd“ Dämon\n"
+"starten. „%s“ bietet grafische Konfigurations- und Druckmenüs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie können diese Wahl später immer wieder ändern, indem Sie PrinterDrake\n"
+"aus dem Mandrakelinux Control Center starten und dort die Schaltfläche „%s“\n"
+"betätigen."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrakelinux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandrakelinux, and to make it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
 "\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrakelinux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
-"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"Mandrakelinux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
-"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100% LSB-compliant.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
 "more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
@@ -707,9 +574,19 @@ msgid ""
 "interface available.\n"
 "\n"
 "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
 "working graphical desktop.\n"
@@ -719,29 +596,29 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
 "to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
-"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
-"megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
-"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
-"be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
-"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
 msgstr ""
 "Nun ist es Zeit sich zu entscheiden, welche Programme Sie auf Ihrem Rechner\n"
 "installieren wollen. Es gibt tausende von Paketen für Mandrakelinux, und\n"
 "Sie müssen sie nicht alle auswendig kennen.\n"
 "\n"
 "Die Pakete sind nach ihrer Verwendung in vier Kategorien eingeteilt. Sie\n"
-"können Pakete aus verschiedenen Kategorien nach Belieben mischen.\n"
+"können Pakete aus verschiedenen Kategorien nach Belieben mischen, sodass\n"
+"beispielsweise eine „Workstation“-Installation auch Bestandteile einer\n"
+"„Server“-Installation aufweisen kann.\n"
 "\n"
 " * „%s“: Falls Ihr Rechner als Arbeitsplatzrechner verwendet werden soll,\n"
 "markieren Sie eine oder mehrere Gruppen.\n"
 "\n"
 " * „%s“: Falls Sie mit Ihrem Rechner programmieren wollen, sollten Sie\n"
-"diese Gruppe markieren.\n"
+"diese Gruppe markieren. Die spezielle Gruppe „LSB“ wird Ihr System\n"
+"möglichst eng an den Vorgaben der Linux Standard Base ausrichten.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Die Auswahl der „LSB“-Gruppe bewirkt auch, dass der Kernel „2.4“\n"
+"anstelle des standardmäßigen Kernel „2.6“ installiert wird, um die 100%ige\n"
+"Einhaltung der-LSB-Bedingungen zu garantieren. Allerdings erhalten Sie auch\n"
+"ohne die Auswahl der „LSB“-Gruppe ein nahezu 100%ig LSB-konformes System.\n"
 "\n"
 " * „%s“: Wenn Ihre Maschine ein Server werden soll, können Sie hier die\n"
 "wichtigsten Dienste auswählen, die auf Ihren Rechner installiert werden\n"
@@ -752,9 +629,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "zumindest eine Gruppe auswählen.\n"
 "\n"
 "Wenn Sie die Maus über eine Gruppe bewegen, erhalten Sie einen kurzen\n"
-"erklärenden Text über die Gruppe. Falls Sie bei einer Installation alle\n"
-"Markierungen entfernen, erscheint ein Dialog, in dem Sie zwischen\n"
-"verschiedenen Minimalinstallationen wählen können:\n"
+"erklärenden Text über die Gruppe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie können auch die „%s“ markieren. Das macht Sinn, wenn Sie die Pakete\n"
+"genau kennen oder wenn Sie volle Kontrolle darüber haben wollen, was\n"
+"installiert werden soll.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haben Sie die Installation als „%s“ gestartet, können Sie die Markierungen\n"
+"aller Gruppen entfernen, um die Installation neuer Pakete zu vermeiden.\n"
+"Hierdurch werden nur bereits installierte Pakete aktualisiert oder\n"
+"repariert.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie bei einer normalen Installation alle Gruppen de-markieren\n"
+"erscheint ein Dialog, der Ihnen verschiedene Optionen für eine\n"
+"Minimal-Installation anbietet:\n"
 "\n"
 " * „%s“ Installiert eine rudimentäre grafische Oberfläche;\n"
 "\n"
@@ -763,41 +651,35 @@ msgstr ""
 "Serverinstallation.\n"
 "\n"
 " * „%s“ Sie erhalten eine komplett „nackte“ 65MB große\n"
-"GNU/Linux-Distribution (speziell auch ohne urpmi!). Es versteht sich von\n"
-"selbst, dass das nur eine Kommandozeileninstallation sein kann.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“ anwählen, erhalten Sie die Möglichkeit, eine\n"
-"„%s“ durchzuführen. Das macht nur Sinn, wenn Sie die Pakete genau kennen\n"
-"oder wenn Sie volle Kontrolle darüber haben wollen, was installiert werden\n"
-"soll.\n"
-"\n"
-"Haben Sie die Installation als „%s“ gestartet, können Sie die Markierungen\n"
-"aller Gruppen entfernen, um die Installation neuer Pakete zu vermeiden.\n"
-"Hierdurch werden nur bereits installierte Pakete aktualisiert oder\n"
-"repariert."
+"GNU/Linux-Distribution. Es versteht sich von selbst, dass das nur eine\n"
+"Kommandozeileninstallation sein kann."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "The Mandrakelinux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
 "selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
-"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
 msgstr ""
-"Da die Mandrakelinux-Distribution stetig wächst, wurde sie in mehrere\n"
-"CD-ROMs unterteilt. Es kann daher vorkommen, dass DrakX Pakete von anderen,\n"
-"als der Installations-CD-ROM installieren will. In diesem Fall wird es die\n"
-"aktuelle CD auswerfen und nach einer anderen fragen."
+"Die Mandrakelinux-Distribution wird auf mehreren CD-ROMs ausgeliefert. Es\n"
+"kann daher vorkommen, dass DrakX Pakete von anderen, als der\n"
+"Installations-CD-ROM installieren will. In diesem Fall wird es die aktuelle\n"
+"CD auswerfen und nach einer anderen fragen. Wenn Sie dieses CD nicht haben,\n"
+"klicken Sie einfach auf „%s“. Die entsprechenden Pakete werden in dem Fall\n"
+"nicht installiert."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
 "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
 "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
 "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
 "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
 "unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
@@ -806,44 +688,40 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
 "characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
-"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
 "\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"One caveat: don't make the password too long or too complicated because you\n"
 "must be able to remember it!\n"
 "\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
-"connect.\n"
+"The password won't be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
 "\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
 "\n"
 "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you don't know which\n"
 "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
-"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
-"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
 msgstr ""
-"Sie können nun das »root« Passwort für Ihr Mandrakelinux System eingeben.\n"
-"\n"
-"»root« ist das Benutzerkennzeichen des Systemadministrators. Er ist der\n"
-"einzige der berechtigt ist, neue Software zu installieren, Systemdateien zu\n"
-"ändern oder neue Benutzerkennzeichen anzulegen. Kurz gesagt: »root« darf\n"
-"alles! Wählen Sie deshalb das Passwort sehr sorgfältig aus! Unberechtigter\n"
-"Zugang zu diesem Kennzeichen ist extrem gefährlich für die Integrität Ihres\n"
-"Systems und der darauf enthaltenen Daten. Daher müssen Sie auch ein\n"
-"Passwort auswählen, was nicht leicht zu erraten ist; DrakX teilt Ihnen mit,\n"
-"wenn das Passwort zu einfach ist. Sie sehen, dass es auch möglich ist, kein\n"
-"Passwort zu vergeben. Wir raten Ihnen jedoch dringend davon ab! Glauben Sie\n"
-"nicht, dass nur, weil Sie GNU/Linux geladen haben, Ihre anderen\n"
-"Betriebssysteme vor Fehlern sicher sind. »root« hat keine Beschränkungen.\n"
-"Er könnte beispielsweise unbeabsichtigt erweise alle Daten auf allen\n"
-"Partitionen löschen, weil er unvorsichtigerweise auf die Partitionen selber\n"
-"zugegriffen hat!\n"
+"Dies ist der wichtigste Punkt in der Absicherung Ihres neuen\n"
+"GNU/Linux-Systems: Sie müssen das Passwort für „root“ eingeben. „root“ ist\n"
+"der Systemadministrator. Er ist der einzige der berechtigt ist, neue\n"
+"Software zu installieren, Systemdateien zu ändern oder neue\n"
+"Benutzerkennzeichen anzulegen. Kurz gesagt: „root“ darf alles! Daher müssen\n"
+"Sie auch ein Passwort auswählen, was nicht leicht zu erraten ist; DrakX\n"
+"teilt Ihnen mit, wenn das Passwort zu einfach ist. Sie sehen, dass es auch\n"
+"möglich ist, kein Passwort zu vergeben. Wir raten Ihnen jedoch dringend\n"
+"davon ab! Glauben Sie nicht, dass nur, weil Sie GNU/Linux geladen haben,\n"
+"Ihre anderen Betriebssysteme vor Fehlern sicher sind. »root« hat keine\n"
+"Beschränkungen. Er könnte beispielsweise unbeabsichtigterweise alle Daten\n"
+"auf allen Partitionen löschen. Also sollte es schwierig gemacht werden,\n"
+"„root“ zu werden!\n"
 "\n"
 "Das Passwort sollte eine Mischung aus alphanumerischen Zeichen sein und\n"
 "mindestens acht Zeichen lang. Es sollte niemals irgendwo aufgeschrieben\n"
@@ -852,9 +730,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "Machen Sie das Passwort aber nicht zu lang oder zu kompliziert: Sie sollten\n"
 "es sich ohne großen Aufwand merken können.\n"
 "\n"
-"Sie müssen das Passwort zweimal eingeben - ein Tippfehler beim ersten\n"
-"Versuch könnte sonst zu einem Problem werden, da Sie anschließend das\n"
-"„falsche“ Passwort bei der Verbindung mit dem System eingeben müssten.\n"
+"Bei der Eingabe des Passwortes wird nichts angezeigt. Um ein Verschreiben\n"
+"bei dieser „Blindeingabe“ zu vermeiden müssen Sie das Passwort zweimal\n"
+"eingeben - ein Tippfehler beim ersten Versuch könnte sonst zu einem Problem\n"
+"werden, da Sie anschließend das „falsche“ Passwort bei der Verbindung mit\n"
+"dem System eingeben müssten.\n"
 "\n"
 "Wenn Sie wollen, dass der Zugang zu diesem Rechner über einen\n"
 "Authentifizierungsserver verwaltet wird, betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche\n"
@@ -862,13 +742,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "Falls in Ihrem Netzwerk LDAP, NIS oder PDC zur Authentifizierung verwendet\n"
 "wird, wählen Sie bitte den entsprechenden Menüpunkt. Falls Sie nicht\n"
-"wissen, welches Protokoll Sie verwenden, fragen Sie Ihren\n"
+"wissen, welches Protokoll Sie verwenden sollen, fragen Sie Ihren\n"
 "Netzwerkadministrator.\n"
 "\n"
-"Wenn Sie Probleme haben, sich Passwörter zu merken, können Sie die Option\n"
-"„%s“ wählen. Dennoch müssen wir Ihnen von dieser Möglichkeit abraten.\n"
-"Besonders wenn Sie mit Ihrem Rechner ständig oder auch nur zeitweise mit\n"
-"dem Internet verbunden sind."
+"Wenn Sie Probleme haben, sich Passwörter zu merken, oder Ihr Computer nie\n"
+"mit dem Internet verbunden wird und Sie allen Benutzern Ihres Computers\n"
+"absolut vertrauen, können Sie die Option „%s“ wählen."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -891,57 +770,51 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
 "\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
 "\n"
 "!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
 "chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
 "installed. By default Mandrakelinux will automatically start any installed\n"
 "services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
 "security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrakelinux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
+"finalized. If you don't know what a particular service is supposed to do or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
 "\n"
 "The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
 "whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each them such\n"
-"that installation of one package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
 "package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
 "have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
 msgstr ""
-"Schlussendlich erhalten Sie (falls Sie sich für „%s“ entschieden haben)\n"
-"eine Baumliste aller Pakete die zu den von Ihnen gewünschten Gruppen\n"
-"gehören. Diese Pakete sind nach Gruppen und Untergruppen klassifiziert.\n"
-"Beim Durchstöbern des Baums, können Sie Gruppen, Untergruppen oder einzelne\n"
-"Pakete markieren oder deren Markierung entfernen.\n"
+"Falls Sie sich für „%s“ entschieden haben erhalten Sie eine Baumliste aller\n"
+"Pakete, nach Gruppen und Untergruppen klassifiziert. Beim Durchstöbern des\n"
+"Baums, können Sie Gruppen, Untergruppen oder einzelne Pakete markieren oder\n"
+"deren Markierung entfernen.\n"
 "\n"
 "Sobald Sie ein Paket auswählen, erscheint rechts eine kurze Beschreibung.\n"
-"Sobald Sie die Auswahl abgeschlossen haben, bestätigen Sie das durch\n"
-"Drücken der Schaltfläche „%s“. Nun beginnt die eigentliche Installation.\n"
-"Falls Sie eine Vielzahl von Paketen installieren wollen, können Sie nun\n"
-"getrost einen Kaffee trinken gehen.\n"
 "\n"
 "!! Es kommt vor, dass Server- und Dienst-Pakete angewählt wurden - entweder\n"
 "absichtlich, oder als Paket einer ganzen Gruppe; sollte das der Fall sein,\n"
 "werden Sie nun gefragt, ob Sie diese wirklich installiert haben wollen.\n"
-"Unter Mandrakelinux werden installierte Server und Dienste automatisch\n"
-"beim Betriebssystemstart gestartet. Selbst wenn zum Zeitpunkt, als die\n"
+"Unter Mandrakelinux werden installierte Server und Dienste automatisch beim\n"
+"Betriebssystemstart gestartet. Selbst wenn zum Zeitpunkt, als die\n"
 "Distribution zusammengestellt wurde, keine Sicherheitslücken oder Fehler in\n"
 "diesen Paketen bekannt waren, ist natürlich nicht auszuschließen, dass\n"
 "später solche Fehler gefunden werden. Sollten Sie also nicht wissen, wovon\n"
@@ -951,7 +824,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "Die Option „%s“ unterdrückt nur die Warnungen, die erscheinen, wenn das\n"
 "Installationsprogramm Pakete automatisch markiert, um Paketabhängigkeiten\n"
-"aufzulösen, wenn Sie ein Paket auswählen.\n"
+"aufzulösen, wenn Sie ein Paket auswählen. Einige Pakete hängen von der\n"
+"Existenz anderer Pakete ab und die Installation eines Paketes mag die\n"
+"Installation eines anderen voraussetzen. Das Installprogramm ist in der\n"
+"Lage, diese Abhängigkeiten zu erkennen und zu erfüllen.\n"
 "\n"
 "Das kleine Diskettensymbol am unteren Rand der Liste ermöglicht es Ihnen,\n"
 "die während einer vorangegangenen Installation gespeicherte Paketauswahl\n"
@@ -964,24 +840,27 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"LILO and GRUB are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
 "\n"
 " * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
-"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
-" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
 "\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
-"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+"If DrakX can't determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" won't install any boot loader. Use this option only if you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
 msgstr ""
-"LILO und GRUB sind Betriebssystemstarter für GNU/Linux. Diese\n"
-"Installationsphase läuft in den meisten Fällen völlig automatisch ab. DrakX\n"
-"analysiert den Bootsektor und ergreift dann die passenden Maßnahmen:\n"
+"Ein Betriebssystemstarter ist ein kleines Programm, das vom Computer\n"
+"während des Startvorganges aufgerufen wird. Es ist für den Start des\n"
+"gesamten Systems verantwortlich. Im Normalfall läuft die Installation des\n"
+"Betriebssystemstarters vollkommen automatisch ab. DrakX analysiert den\n"
+"Bootsektor und ergreift dann die passenden Maßnahmen:\n"
 "\n"
 " * Findet DrakX einen Windows-Bootsektor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen GRUB-\n"
 "oder LILO-Bootsektor. Sie erhalten dadurch die Möglichkeit, beim\n"
@@ -1040,122 +919,24 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
-"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
-msgstr ""
-"Sie können weitere yaboot Einträge angeben, etwa für andere\n"
-"Betriebssysteme, alternative Kerne oder ein Rettungssystem.\n"
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
 "\n"
-"Für ein anderes BS können Sie nur einen Namen und die Start-Partition\n"
-"angeben.\n"
-"\n"
-"Für Linux gibt es einige Parameter:\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Es handelt sich um den Namen, den Sie an der yaboot\n"
-"Eingabeaufforderung angeben müssen, um diese Alternative zu wählen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Der Name des BS-Kerns, den sie starten wollen. Normalerweise\n"
-"handelt es sich um „vmlinuz“ oder eine Variante von „vmlinuz“ mit einer\n"
-"Versionsnummer.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel „/“ Ihrer Linux Installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Auf Apple Hardware, wird die Übergabemöglichkeit weiterer\n"
-"Kernparameter häufig verwendet, um die Grafikausgabe richtig zu\n"
-"konfigurieren oder die Tastaturemulation der Mausknöpfe einzuschalten, da\n"
-"klassische Apple-Mäuse von Hause aus mit 2 fehlenden Maustasten\n"
-"ausgeliefert werden. Hier einige Beispiele:\n"
-"\n"
-"   video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"   video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Dieser Parameter kann entweder verwendet werden, um beim\n"
-"Betriebssystemstart bereits zusätzliche Kern-Module zur Verfügung zu haben,\n"
-"ohne dass das Start-Gerät zur Verfügung steht oder um ein RamDisk Abbild\n"
-"für den BS-Start in Notfällen zur Verfügung zu haben.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Standardmäßig ist eine RamDisk 4096 KB groß. Sollten Sie eine\n"
-"größere RamDisk benötigen, können Sie das mit diesem Parameter einstellen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Normalerweise wird die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel zuerst im\n"
-"Nur-Lese-Modus eingehängt, um eine Dateisystem-Verifikation durchführen zu\n"
-"können, bevor das Betriebssystem seinen Dienst aufnimmt. Diesen Umstand\n"
-"können Sie hier abstellen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Sollte sich die Apple Grafik-Hardware als extrem problematisch\n"
-"erweisen, können Sie diesen Parameter verwenden um im sog. „novideo“-Modus,\n"
-"also im FrameBuffer-Modus zu starten.\n"
-"\n"
-" * „%s“: Wählt diesen Eintrag als Standard Linux-Kern, den Sie durch\n"
-"Drücken von Enter an der yaboot Eingabeaufforderung gestartet bekommen.\n"
-"Wenn Sie die [Tab]-Taste an der Eingabeaufforderung drücken, erhalten Sie\n"
-"eine Liste der verfügbaren Alternativen. Der Standardeintrag wird mit einem\n"
-"Stern „*“ markiert."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
-"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
-"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
 "\n"
 "Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
 "be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
-"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
-"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
-"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
 "\n"
 "About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
-"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
-"still under development. For that reason, Mandrakelinux will be using it\n"
-"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrakelinux's use of UTF-8 will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
 "\n"
-" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
 "languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
 "iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1164,20 +945,22 @@ msgid ""
 " * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
 "the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
 "\n"
-" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
-"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
-"chosen.\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
 "\n"
 "Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
-"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
-"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will also be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
-"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
-"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
-"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
 msgstr ""
+"Als ersten Schritt wählen Sie bitte die gewünschte Sprache.\n"
+"\n"
 "Wählen Sie Ihre bevorzugte Sprache für den Installationsvorgang und\n"
 "Systemlaufzeit. Wählen Sie zuerst die Region, in der Sie sich befinden,\n"
 "anschließend die Sprache, die Sie sprechen.\n"
@@ -1188,11 +971,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "erlauben, wählen Sie Deutsch als Hauptsprache in der Liste und im\n"
 "Fortgeschrittenen-Bereich „%s“.\n"
 "\n"
-"Über UTF-8 (Unicode) Unterstützung: Unicode ist ein Zeichenkodierung, die\n"
+"Zur UTF-8 (Unicode) Unterstützung: Unicode ist ein Zeichenkodierung, die\n"
 "die existierenden Kodierungen ablösen soll und die Zeichen aller\n"
 "existierender Sprachen beinhalten. Komplette Unterstützung in GNU/Linux ist\n"
 "leider immer noch nicht gegeben. Daher verwendet Mandrakelinux diese\n"
-"Kodierung je nach Wahl des Anwenders:\n"
+"Kodierung nur auf Wunsch des Anwenders:\n"
 "\n"
 " * Falls Sie eine Sprache nutzen, die eine gut unterstütztes Kodierung\n"
 "verwendet (Sprachen mit Lateinischen Zeichen, Russisch, Griechisch,\n"
@@ -1213,18 +996,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Übersetzungen der Programme, Schriften, Rechtschreibkorrekturen, etc.\n"
 "\n"
 "Um die Spracheinstellungen des ganzen Systems zwischen verschiedenen\n"
-"Sprachen umzuschalten, starten Sie einfach „/usr/sbin/localedrake“ unter\n"
-"dem privilegierten Kennzeichen „root“. Wollen Sie die Einstellungen nur für\n"
-"ein Kennzeichen ändern starten Sie den selben Befehl mit eben diesem\n"
+"Sprachen umzuschalten, starten Sie einfach „localedrake“ unter dem\n"
+"privilegierten Kennzeichen „root“. Wollen Sie die Einstellungen nur für ein\n"
+"Kennzeichen ändern starten Sie denselben Befehl mit eben diesem\n"
 "Kennzeichen."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
-"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
-"driver."
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
 msgstr ""
 "„%s“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie hier\n"
 "angezeigt. Sollte die von DrakX getroffene Auswahl nicht korrekt sein,\n"
@@ -1233,41 +1015,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
-"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
-"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
-"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
-"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
-"changes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
-"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
-"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
-"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
-"operating systems!"
-msgstr ""
-"Nachdem Sie die allgemeinen BS-Starter Parameter eingestellt haben,\n"
-"bekommen Sie die Liste möglicher Betriebssystemalternativen für das\n"
-"Startmenü gezeigt.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sollte sich auf Ihrem Rechner bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem befinden,\n"
-"so wird dieses - sofern es erkannt wird - automatisch zu dem Startmenü\n"
-"hinzugefügt. Hier können Sie noch einige Feineinstellungen für die\n"
-"bestehenden Optionen vornehmen. Markieren Sie einen bestehenden Eintrag und\n"
-"betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, um ihn anzupassen oder zu löschen;\n"
-"„%s“ erzeugt einen neuen Eintrag; „%s“ löcht den markierten Eintrag und\n"
-"„%s“ bringt Sie zum nächsten Installationsschritt.\n"
-"\n"
-"Möglicherweise wollen Sie auch nicht, dass andere Anwender Zugriff auf die\n"
-"übrigen installierten Betriebssysteme bekommen. In diesem Fall können Sie\n"
-"die jeweiligen Einträge entfernen, Sie müssen jedoch selbst für\n"
-"Startdisketten sorgen, um diese Systeme erreichen zu können!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
 "and will not be recoverable!"
@@ -1281,8 +1028,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
 "wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
-"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
-"similar to the one used during installation."
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
 msgstr ""
 "„%s“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ startet den Druckerassistenten.\n"
 "Weitere Informationen zu diesem Assistenten erhalten Sie im Drucker-Kapitel\n"
@@ -1294,18 +1041,17 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
 msgstr ""
 "Optionen\n"
 "\n"
 "   Sie können direkt bei Betriebssystemstart die grafische Umgebung\n"
-"aktivieren. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ wird in eine reine\n"
+"aktivieren. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ wird in eine reine\n"
 "Textumgebung gestartet. Das ist sinnvoll für Server oder wenn Sie bei dem\n"
-"Versuch die grafische Umgebung zu konfigurieren erfolglos waren. Wählen Sie\n"
-"„%s“, um die grafische Umgebung vorzufinden."
+"Versuch die grafische Umgebung zu konfigurieren erfolglos waren."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1319,30 +1065,28 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
-"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who\n"
-"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
-"address."
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you don't know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandrakelinux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
 msgstr ""
-"Nun ist es an der Zeit, die gewünschte Sicherheitsebene für Ihr System\n"
-"festzulegen. Als Faustregel sollte hier dienen: Je zugänglicher die\n"
-"Maschine ist und je kritischer die auf ihr gesicherten Daten sind, desto\n"
-"höher sollte die Sicherheitsebene sein. Andererseits geht die gewonnene\n"
-"Sicherheit zulasten der Benutzerfreundlichkeit und Einfachheit, mit der\n"
-"gewisse Befehle/Abläufe durchgeführt werden können.\n"
+"Nun ist es an der Zeit, mittels DrakX die gewünschte Sicherheitsebene für\n"
+"Ihr System festzulegen. Als Faustregel sollte hier dienen: Je zugänglicher\n"
+"die Maschine ist und je kritischer die auf ihr gesicherten Daten sind,\n"
+"desto höher sollte die Sicherheitsebene sein. Andererseits geht die\n"
+"gewonnene Sicherheit zulasten der Benutzerfreundlichkeit und Einfachheit.\n"
 "\n"
 "Sollten Sie sich an dieser Stelle nicht sicher sein, so behalten Sie die\n"
 "Standardeinstellung bei. Sie können die Ebene später noch mittels draksec\n"
-"im Mandrake Control Center anpassen.\n"
+"im Mandrakelinux Control Center anpassen.\n"
 "\n"
 "Das Feld „%s“ dient dazu, dem System mitzuteilen, wer für die Sicherheit\n"
 "dieses Rechners verantwortlich ist. An dieses Kennzeichen/diese E-Mail\n"
@@ -1351,51 +1095,54 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
-"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
-"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
-"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
-"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
 "necessary.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"isn't in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
 "country list.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
 "you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
 "correct.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
-"change it if necessary.\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
 "configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
-"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it isn't\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
-"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that doesn't suit you, click on\n"
 "\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
-"configure it manually.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center after the installation has finished to benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
-"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
-"card.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
-"now.\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
 "previous step ().\n"
@@ -1405,17 +1152,19 @@ msgid ""
 "the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
 "firewall settings.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
-"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
 "on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
 "idea to review this setup."
 msgstr ""
 "Nun bekommen Sie eine Zusammenfassung verschiedener Informationen Ihres\n"
 "Systems. Je nach vorhandener Hardware sehen Sie hier (oder eben nicht) die\n"
 "folgende Einträge. Jeder Eintrag besteht aus einem konfigurierbaren Gerät\n"
-"gefolgt vom dessen aktuellen Zustand. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“\n"
+"gefolgt vom dessen aktuellen Zustand. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“\n"
 "können Sie diesen ändern.\n"
 "\n"
 " * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie die aktuelle Tastaturvorgabe und wählen Sie die\n"
@@ -1423,14 +1172,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 " * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie, ob die Auswahl des Staates, in dem Sie sich\n"
 "befinden korrekt ist. Falls nicht, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche\n"
-"„%s“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat nicht in der Liste, die\n"
-"Sie gezeigt bekommen, können Sie über die Schaltfläche „%s“ eine\n"
-"vollständigere Liste erzwingen.\n"
+"„%s“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat nicht in der Liste, können\n"
+"Sie über die Schaltfläche „%s“ eine vollständigere Liste erzwingen.\n"
 "\n"
 " * „%s“: DrakX versucht die Zeitzone anhand des gewählten Staates zu\n"
-"setzen. Sollte diese Auswahl nicht korrekt sein (manche Staaten etwa\n"
-"überspannen mehrere Zeitzonen) können Sie durch betätige der Schaltfläche\n"
-"„%s“ Ihre lokale Zeitzone setzen.\n"
+"setzen. Sollte diese Auswahl nicht korrekt sein können Sie durch Betätige\n"
+"der Schaltfläche „%s“ Ihre lokale Zeitzone setzen.\n"
 "\n"
 " * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie die konfigurierte Maus und betätigen Sie, falls\n"
 "notwendig, die Schaltfläche.\n"
@@ -1444,10 +1191,6 @@ msgstr ""
 "hier angezeigt. Sollte die von DrakX getroffene Auswahl nicht korrekt sein,\n"
 "betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche, um sie zu korrigieren.\n"
 "\n"
-" * „%s“: DrakX richtet Ihre Grafikumgebung normalerweise in der Auflösung\n"
-"„800×600“ bzw. „1024×768“ ein. Sollte Ihnen das nicht zusagen, können Sie\n"
-"es durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ ändern.\n"
-"\n"
 " * „%s“: Falls eine TV-Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie hier\n"
 "angezeigt. Falls Sie eine TV-Karte besitzen, die hier nicht richtig erkannt\n"
 "wurde, können Sie versuchen, diese manuell einzurichten. Betätigen Sie\n"
@@ -1457,31 +1200,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "hier angezeigt. Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ können Sie die Parameter\n"
 "ändern.\n"
 "\n"
+" * „%s“: DrakX richtet Ihre Grafikumgebung normalerweise in der Auflösung\n"
+"„800×600“ bzw. „1024×768“ ein. Sollte Ihnen das nicht zusagen, können Sie\n"
+"es durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ ändern.\n"
+"\n"
 " * „%s“: Falls Sie Ihren Internetzugang oder Ihr lokales Netzwerk nun\n"
-"einrichten wollen, können Sie das hier tun.\n"
+"einrichten wollen, können Sie das hier tun. Lesen Sie sich dazu die\n"
+"gedruckte Dokumentation durch oder benutzen Sie das Mandrakelinux Control\n"
+"Center nachdem die Installation beendet ist.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Hier können Sie HTTP- und FTP-Proxyadressen eintragen falls Ihre\n"
+"Maschine die Verbindung über einen Proxyserver abwickelt.\n"
 "\n"
 " * „%s“: Dieser Eintrag ermöglicht es Ihnen, die Sicherheitsebene Ihres\n"
 "Systems zu ändern, die Sie in einem früheren Installationsschritt ()\n"
 "gewählt haben.\n"
 "\n"
 " * „%s“: Falls Sie Ihren Rechner mit dem Internet verbinden wollen, ist es\n"
-"sinnvoll sich vor ungebetenen Eindringlingen durch einrichten einer\n"
-"Firewall zu schützen. Lesen Sie das entsprechende Kapitel im „Starter\n"
-"Handbuch“, wenn Sie weitere Informationen benötigen.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Falls Sie die Konfiguration Ihres Betriebssystemstarters ändern wollen,\n"
-"wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Es sei angemerkt, dass dieser Punkt sich an\n"
-"fortgeschrittenere Nutzer richtet.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Sie können hier die Dienste wählen, die ab dem Start von Mandrakelinux\n"
-"zur Verfügung gestellt werden sollen. Wollen Sie den Rechner als Server\n"
-"verwenden, sollten Sie unbedingt einen Blick auf diese Liste werfen."
+"sinnvoll sich vor ungebetenen Eindringlingen durch Einrichten einer\n"
+"Firewall zu schützen. Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie im „Starter\n"
+"Handbuch“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie die Konfiguration Ihres Betriebssystemstarters\n"
+"(„Bootloader“) ändern wollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Es sei\n"
+"angemerkt, dass dieser Punkt sich an fortgeschrittenere Nutzer richtet.\n"
+"Hilfe finden Sie in der gedruckten Dokumentation oder im integrierten\n"
+"Hilfeteil des Mandrakelinux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Sie können hier die Dienste wählen, die ab dem Start von\n"
+"Mandrakelinux zur Verfügung gestellt werden sollen. Wollen Sie den Rechner\n"
+"als Server verwenden, sollten Sie unbedingt einen Blick auf diese Liste\n"
+"werfen."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
-"or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
 "suits your needs."
 msgstr ""
 "Falls für Ihre Karte verschiedene Server zur Verfügung stehen, etwa mit und\n"
@@ -1494,49 +1249,60 @@ msgid ""
 "Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
 "mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
 "configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
 "right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
 "a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
 "\n"
-"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
-"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
-"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
-"mouse up and down.\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
 "\n"
 "If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
 "from the list provided.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
 "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
 "correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
 "\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
 "select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
 "the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
-"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
-"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
-"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
-"mouse."
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
 msgstr ""
-"DrakX versucht normalerweise die Anzahl Tasten Ihrer Maus zu erkennen.\n"
+"DrakX versucht normalerweise die Anzahl der Tasten Ihrer Maus zu erkennen.\n"
 "Sollte das nicht möglich sein, so behandelt es Ihre Maus als\n"
 "Zwei-Tasten-Maus und emuliert die mittlere Taste. Die mittlere Taste kann\n"
 "dann durch gleichzeitiges Drücken der rechten und Linken Taste simuliert\n"
 "werden. Üblicherweise erkennt DrakX korrekt, ob es sich um eine serielle,\n"
 "eine PS/2- oder um eine USB-Maus handelt.\n"
 "\n"
+"Falls Sie eine 3-Button-Maus ohne Rad haben können Sie eine Maus „%s“\n"
+"auswählen. DrakX wird dann Ihre Maus so einrichten, dass Sie das Rad in der\n"
+"folgenden Weise simulieren können: Sie drücken die mittlere Maustaste und\n"
+"bewegen Ihren Mauszeiger auf und ab.\n"
+"\n"
 "Sollte dies nicht Ihren Vorstellungen entsprechen: Wählen Sie einfach Ihren\n"
 "Maustyp aus der Liste, die Ihnen angezeigt wird.\n"
 "\n"
-"Sollten Sie einen anderen Maustyp gewählt haben, als DrakX Ihnen vorschlug,\n"
-"können Sie die Funktionstüchtigkeit Ihrer Maus im angezeigten Dialog\n"
-"überprüfen. Verwenden Sie auch die Knöpfe und gegebenenfalls das Mausrad,\n"
-"um sicherzustellen, dass die festgelegten Einstellungen funktionieren.\n"
-"Falls nicht, drücken Sie die [Leertaste] oder die Eingabetaste, um zurück\n"
-"zum Auswahlmenü zu gelangen und suchen Sie einen anderen Treiber aus.\n"
+"Einen generischen Maustyp, der mit fast allen Maustypen funktioniert,\n"
+"können Sie über „%s“ einstellen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie einen anderen als den vorgeschlagenen Maustyp gewählt haben, so\n"
+"wird Ihnen ein Testfenster angezeigt. Verwenden Sie die Knöpfe und\n"
+"gegebenenfalls das Mausrad, um sicherzustellen, dass die festgelegten\n"
+"Einstellungen funktionieren. Falls nicht, drücken Sie die Leertaste oder\n"
+"die Eingabetaste, um zurück zum Auswahlmenü zu gelangen und suchen Sie\n"
+"einen anderen Treiber aus.\n"
 "\n"
 "Es kommt vor, dass Mäuse mit Rädern nicht korrekt erkannt werden. Wählen\n"
 "Sie in diesem Fall die richtige Maus aus der vorgegebenen Liste. Stellen\n"
@@ -1548,70 +1314,14 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
-"Mandrakelinux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
-"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
-"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
-"button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
-"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"About Winmodem Connection. Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems\n"
-"that require additional software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of\n"
-"those modems actually work under Mandrakelinux, some others do not. You\n"
-"can consult the list of supported modems at LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie Ihren Computer mit dem Internet oder mit einem lokalen Netzwerk\n"
-"verbinden wollen, dann betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“. Bitte schalten\n"
-"Sie jedoch zuvor, falls nötig, die dafür benötigten Geräte ein, damit\n"
-"„DrakX“ sie automatisch erkennen kann. Sollte die automatische Erkennung\n"
-"nicht korrekt erfolgen, können Sie es erneut versuchen, nachdem Sie die\n"
-"Markierung der Option „%s“ entfernt haben. Betätigung der Schaltfläche „%s“\n"
-"bringt Sie weiter zum nächsten Installationsschritt ohne Ihr Netzwerk\n"
-"einzurichten.\n"
-"\n"
-"Zur Auswahl stehen folgende Verbindungsarten: Herkömmliches Modem, ISDN\n"
-"Modem, ADSL Verbindung, Kabelmodem oder eine einfache LAN Verbindung\n"
-"(Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"Wir wollen hier nicht weiter ins Detail gehen, nur soviel: Stellen Sie\n"
-"sicher, dass Sie die nötigen Parameter von Ihrem Internet-Anbieter oder\n"
-"Systemadministrator erhalten haben.\n"
-"\n"
-"Verwendung von Winmodems Winmodems sind eigentlich keine Modems, die den\n"
-"Namen verdienen, da sie die CPU Ihres Rechners benötigen, um funktionieren\n"
-"zu können, was die Rechenleistung für anderen Prozesse vermindert. Einige\n"
-"dieser Modems können Sie mittlerweile unter Mandrakelinux zum\n"
-"Funktionieren bewegen, die Mehrzahl jedoch nicht. Unter LinModems finden\n"
-"Sie eine Liste.\n"
-"\n"
-"Weitere Einzelheiten, die hier bereits hilfreich sein können, erhalten Sie\n"
-"im „Starter Handbuch“. Falls Sie unsicher sind, warten Sie ab, bis die\n"
-"Installation beendet ist und verwenden Sie danach das beschriebene\n"
-"Programm, um Ihre Verbindung einzurichten."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Graphic Card\n"
 "\n"
 "   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
 "choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
 "   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
-"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
 "best suits your needs."
 msgstr ""
 "Grafikkarte\n"
@@ -1628,12 +1338,12 @@ msgstr ""
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
-"covers the entire Mandrakelinux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
-"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
-"will reboot your computer."
+"covers the entire Mandrakelinux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
 msgstr ""
 "Lesen Sie bitte aufmerksam die Lizenz, bevor Sie fortfahren. Sie umfasst\n"
-"die gesamte Mandrakelinux Distribution. Sollten Sie nicht in allen Punkten\n"
+"die gesamte Mandrake Linux Distribution. Sollten Sie nicht in allen Punkten\n"
 "zustimmen, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche „%s“, um die Installation\n"
 "abzubrechen. Um mit der Installation fortzufahren, betätigen Sie die\n"
 "Schaltfläche „%s“."
@@ -1641,30 +1351,29 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
 "time.\n"
 "\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which aren't needed at boot\n"
 "time.\n"
 "\n"
 "A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
 "it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
 "\n"
 "!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
+"server: you probably don't want to start any services which you don't need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
 msgstr ""
 "Als nächstes können Sie die Dienste auswählen, die während des\n"
 "Betriebssystemstarts aktiviert werden sollen.\n"
 "\n"
-"Hier werden alle Dienste, die nach der aktuellen Installation zum BS-Start\n"
-"zur Verfügung stehen, angezeigt. Lesen Sie diese Liste sorgfältig durch und\n"
-"markieren Sie nur die Dienste, die Sie immer ab dem BS-Start zur Verfügung\n"
-"haben wollen.\n"
+"DrakX listet hier alle Dienste, die nach der aktuellen Installation zum\n"
+"BS-Start zur Verfügung stehen, angezeigt. Lesen Sie diese Liste sorgfältig\n"
+"durch und markieren Sie nur die Dienste, die Sie immer ab dem BS-Start zur\n"
+"Verfügung haben wollen.\n"
 "\n"
 "Wenn Sie einen Dienst anwählen, erhalten Sie eine kurze Erklärung dazu.\n"
 "Wenn Sie nicht sicher sind, ob ein Dienst bzw. Server sinnvoll ist oder\n"
@@ -1682,9 +1391,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
 msgstr ""
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1700,25 +1409,27 @@ msgid ""
 "motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
 "\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
 "hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
-"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
 "\n"
-"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
-"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
-"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
-"other machines on your local network as well."
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
 msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux arbeitet mit GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) und übersetzt diese anhand\n"
-"der Zeitzone in Ihre lokale Zeit.\n"
-"\n"
-"Da Microsoft Windows(TM) nicht sinnvoll mit der universellen Zeit umgehen\n"
-"kann, müssen Sie „Nein“ wählen, falls Sie noch ein Betriebssystem aus dem\n"
-"Hause Microsoft auf Ihrem Rechner „beherbergen“.\n"
+"der Zeitzone in Ihre lokale Zeit. Falls die Uhr Ihres Computers auf die\n"
+"lokale Zeit eingestellt ist, sollten Sie die Option „%s“ deaktivieren.\n"
+"Dadurch wird GNU/Linux mitgeteilt, dass sich die Systemzeit und die\n"
+"Hardware-Uhr in der gleichen Zeitzone befinden. Dieses Verfahren ist\n"
+"notwendig, wenn Sie auf Ihrem Computer noch ein weiteres Betriebssystem per\n"
+"Dual-Boot betreiben.\n"
 "\n"
 "Die Verwendung der Option „%s“ reguliert Ihre Uhr, indem sie Verbindung mit\n"
 "einem Zeitserver im Internet aufnimmt. Wählen Sie aus der Liste einen\n"
 "Server in Ihrer Nähe. Damit die funktioniert benötigen Sie eine ständige\n"
-"Internetverbindung."
+"Internetverbindung. Mit dieser Option installieren Sie einen Time-Server,\n"
+"der von weiteren Maschinen Ihres lokalen Netzwerks genutzt werden kann."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1787,51 +1498,41 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list."
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country isn't in the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
 msgstr ""
 "„%s“: Kontrollieren Sie, ob die Auswahl des Staates, in dem Sie sich\n"
 "befinden korrekt ist. Falls nicht, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche\n"
-"„%s“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat nicht in der Liste, die\n"
-"Sie gezeigt bekommen, können Sie über die Schaltfläche „%s“ eine\n"
-"vollständigere Liste erzwingen."
+"„%s“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat nicht in der Liste, können\n"
+"Sie über die Schaltfläche „%s“ eine vollständigere Liste erzwingen."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
 "\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
-"\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
 "partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you don't have to reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
 "\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"won't be able to recover it.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
 "\n"
 "Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux operating system installation.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
 "bad blocks on the disk."
 msgstr ""
-"Alle Partitionen, die gerade neu erzeugt wurden, müssen formatiert werden\n"
-"(d.h. es muss ein Dateisystem auf der Partition erstellt werden), bevor sie\n"
-"verwendet werden können.\n"
-"\n"
-"Sie erhalten hier auch die Möglichkeit bereits existierende Partitionen neu\n"
-"zu formatieren, um die darauf vorhandenen Daten zu löschen. Markieren Sie\n"
+"Sie erhalten hier die Möglichkeit bereits existierende Partitionen neu zu\n"
+"formatieren, um die darauf vorhandenen Daten zu löschen. Markieren Sie\n"
 "diese einfach ebenfalls in der Liste.\n"
 "\n"
 "Es sei angemerkt, dass nicht alle Partitionen neu formatiert werden müssen.\n"
@@ -1846,8 +1547,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Wenn Sie alle Einstellungen vorgenommen haben, betätigen Sie die\n"
 "Schaltfläche „%s“, um mit dem Formatieren der Partitionen zu beginnen.\n"
 "\n"
-"Betätigen Sie „%s“, wenn Sie eine andere Partition für Ihr neues Mandrake\n"
-"Linux vorgesehen haben.\n"
+"Betätigen Sie „%s“, wenn Sie eine andere Partition für Ihr neues\n"
+"Mandrakelinux vorgesehen haben.\n"
 "\n"
 "Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, falls Sie Partitionen auf defekte\n"
 "Blöcke untersuchen wollen."
@@ -1855,25 +1556,24 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
-"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the\n"
-"selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
 "\n"
-"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
 "language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
 "have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
 "you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
-"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"country-set keyboard don't match. In either case, this installation step\n"
 "will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
 "keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
 msgstr ""
-"DrakX sucht aufgrund Ihrer Sprachauswahl das für Sie passende\n"
+"Entsprechend der ausgewählten Sprache ()versucht DrakX das für Sie passende\n"
 "Tastaturlayout aus.\n"
 "\n"
 "Möglicherweise haben Sie jedoch eine Tastatur, die nicht dieser Einstellung\n"
@@ -1895,18 +1595,19 @@ msgstr ""
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
-"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
 "should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
-"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
 "\n"
 "The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
-"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
-"the installation you just configured.\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
 "\n"
-"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
 "\n"
 "    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
 "step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
@@ -1914,18 +1615,26 @@ msgid ""
 "    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
 "rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
 "\n"
-"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
-"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n"
-"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n"
-"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
 msgstr ""
 "Nun ist es soweit, die Installation ist abgeschlossen und Ihr neues\n"
-"Betriebssystem sollte einsatzbereit sein. Bei einem Neustart können Sie\n"
-"zwischen den auf Ihrer Platte installierten Betriebssystemen auswählen.\n"
-"Klicken Sie nur noch auf „%s“ und das System wird neu gestartet.\n"
+"Betriebssystem sollte einsatzbereit sein. Klicken Sie nur noch auf „%s“ und\n"
+"das System wird neu gestartet. Vergessen Sie nicht, vorher das\n"
+"Installationsmedium (CD oder Diskette) zu entfernen. Das erste, was Sie bei\n"
+"dem Neustart nach dem Hardwaretest Ihres Computers sehen, ist das\n"
+"Auswahlmenü Ihres Bootloaders, aus dem Sie das zu startende Betriebssystems\n"
+"auswählen können.\n"
 "\n"
 "Die Schaltfläche „%s“ liefert zwei weitere Schaltflächen:\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1947,11 +1656,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "identischer Rechner einrichten will. Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie\n"
 "auch auf der Seite Auto install\n"
 "\n"
-" * „%s“: Sie speichern damit die Paketauswahl, die Sie vorher getroffen\n"
+" * „%s“:(*) Sie speichern damit die Paketauswahl, die Sie vorher getroffen\n"
 "haben. Wenn Sie später eine erneute Installation vornehmen wollen, legen\n"
 "Sie einfach die Diskette ins Laufwerk und starten Sie die Installation\n"
 "mittels [F1] an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung. Geben Sie dann »linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\"« ein."
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"« ein.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Sie benötigen eine FAT formatierte Diskette (Mittels „mformat a:“ oder\n"
+"„fdformat /dev/fd0“, gefolgt von „mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0“ können Sie unter\n"
+"GNU/Linux eine solche erstellen)."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -2027,11 +1740,11 @@ msgid ""
 "may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
 "emergency boot situations."
 msgstr ""
-"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, auf welche(n) Partition(en) Ihr neues Mandrake\n"
-"Linux System installiert werden soll. Falls bereits Partitionen existieren\n"
-"(etwa von einer früheren Installation von GNU/Linux oder durch das Erzeugen\n"
-"mit einem anderen Partitionierungswerkzeug), können Sie diese verwenden.\n"
-"Anderenfalls müssen Sie Partitionen definieren.\n"
+"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, auf welche(n) Partition(en) Ihr neues\n"
+"Mandrakelinux System installiert werden soll. Falls bereits Partitionen\n"
+"existieren (etwa von einer früheren Installation von GNU/Linux oder durch\n"
+"das Erzeugen mit einem anderen Partitionierungswerkzeug), können Sie diese\n"
+"verwenden. Anderenfalls müssen Sie Partitionen definieren.\n"
 "\n"
 "Um Partitionen zu erzeugen müssen Sie erst eine Festplatte wählen. Sie\n"
 "können die Platte wählen in dem Sie „hda“ für die erste IDE-Platte wählen,\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
index 30cbe6006..319a5d328 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
@@ -5,59 +5,60 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
-"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
-"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
-"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
-"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandrakelinux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux system.\n"
 "\n"
 "Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
-"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
-"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
-"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
 "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
 "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
 "\n"
-"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
 "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
 "your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
 "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
 "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
 "a good idea to keep them.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
 "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
 "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
 "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
 "FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
-"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
-"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
 "recommended if you want to use both Mandrakelinux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
 "the same computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
 "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
-"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
-"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
-"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrakelinux system,\n"
-"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
-"choice after you confirm.\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrakelinux system, choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you won't be able to undo this operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
-"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
 "drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
 "easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
 "recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
@@ -72,26 +73,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistema Mandrakelinux nuevo.\n"
 "\n"
 "Debido a que el proceso de particionado de un disco rígido por lo general\n"
-"es irreversible y puede llevar a pérdida de datos si ya hay un sistema\n"
-"operativo instalado en el disco, el particionado puede ser intimidante y\n"
-"estresante si Usted es un usuario inexperto. Por fortuna, DrakX incluye un\n"
-"asistente que simplifica este proceso. Antes de continuar con este paso,\n"
-"por favor lea el resto de esta sección y, por sobre todo, tómese su tiempo.\n"
+"es irreversible y puede llevar a pérdida de datos, el particionado puede\n"
+"ser intimidante y estresante si Usted es un usuario inexperto. Por fortuna,\n"
+"DrakX incluye un asistente que simplifica este proceso. Antes de continuar\n"
+"con este paso, por favor lea el resto de esta sección y, por sobre todo,\n"
+"tómese su tiempo.\n"
 "\n"
 "Dependiendo de la configuración de su disco rígido, están disponibles\n"
 "varias opciones:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": esta opción simplemente llevará a un particionado automático de\n"
+" * \"%s\". Esta opción simplemente llevará a un particionado automático de\n"
 "su(s) disco(s) vacío(s). Si elige esta opción, no se le pedirán más\n"
 "detalles ni se le formularán más preguntas.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": el asistente ha detectado una o más particiones Linux existentes\n"
+" * \"%s\". El asistente ha detectado una o más particiones Linux existentes\n"
 "en su disco rígido. Si desea utilizarlas, elija esta opción. Entonces se le\n"
 "pedirá que elija los puntos de montaje asociados a cada una de las\n"
-"particiones. Los puntos de montaje legados se seleccionan automáticamente,\n"
-"y por lo general es buena idea mantenerlos.\n"
+"particiones. Los puntos de montaje legados se seleccionan de manera\n"
+"predeterminada, y por lo general es buena idea mantenerlos.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": si Microsoft Windows está instalado en su disco rígido y ocupa\n"
+" * \"%s\". Si Microsoft Windows está instalado en su disco rígido y ocupa\n"
 "todo el espacio disponible en el mismo, Usted tendrá que liberar espacio\n"
 "para Linux. Para hacerlo, puede borrar su partición y datos Microsoft\n"
 "Windows (vea la solución \"Borrar el disco entero\") o cambiar el tamaño de\n"
@@ -107,15 +108,16 @@ msgstr ""
 "que cuando comenzó. Tendrá menos espacio bajo Microsoft Windows para\n"
 "almacenar sus datos o instalar software nuevo.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": si desea borrar todos los datos y todas las particiones\n"
-"presentes en su disco rígido y reemplazarlos con su nuevo sistema Mandrake\n"
-"Linux, seleccione esta opción. Tenga cuidado con esta solución ya que no\n"
-"podrá revertir su elección después de confirmarla.\n"
+" * \"%s\". Si desea borrar todos los datos y todas las particiones\n"
+"presentes en su disco rígido y reemplazarlos con su nuevo sistema\n"
+"Mandrakelinux, seleccione esta opción. Tenga cuidado con esta solución ya\n"
+"que no podrá revertir su elección después de confirmarla.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": esto simplemente borrará todo en el disco y comenzará\n"
-"particionando todo desde cero. Se perderán todos los datos en su disco.\n"
+" * \"%s\". Esta opción aparece cuando todo el disco está tomado por\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Al elegir esta opción simplemente se borrará todo el\n"
+"disco y se comenzará desde cero, particionando todo de nuevo.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n"
 "\n"
@@ -133,56 +135,55 @@ msgid ""
 "Resolution\n"
 "\n"
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
 "configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
 msgstr ""
 "Resolución\n"
 "\n"
 "   Aquí puede elegir las resoluciones y profundidades de color disponibles\n"
-"para su hardware. Seleccione la que mejor se ajuste a sus necesidades\n"
-"(tenga presente que eso se puede cambiar luego de la instalación) En la\n"
-"imagen del monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración elegida."
+"para su hardware de gráficos. Seleccione la que mejor se ajuste a sus\n"
+"necesidades (podrá hacer cambios luego de la instalación). En la imagen del\n"
+"monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración elegida."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
-"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
-"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
-"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
-"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
-"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
-"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n"
-"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n"
-"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n"
-"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n"
-"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n"
-"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n"
-"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point won't be authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system won't work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you won't affect the entire system.\n"
 "\n"
 "The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
 "-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
-"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
 "this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
 "the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
 "From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
-"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n"
-"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n"
-"ones at risk.\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
 "\n"
 "Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
-"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n"
-"you have finished adding users.\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
 "\n"
 "Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
 "that user (bash by default).\n"
 "\n"
-"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user who\n"
-"can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you\n"
-"are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security),\n"
-"choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". If you are\n"
-"not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and don't care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
 msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux es un sistema multiusuario, y esto significa que cada usuario\n"
 "puede tener sus preferencias propias, sus archivos propios, y así\n"
@@ -229,215 +230,77 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Take care to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
-"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Yaboot es un cargador de arranque para el hardware NewWorld MacIntosh. El\n"
-"mismo puede arrancar o GNU/Linux, o MacOS o MacOSX si se encuentran en su\n"
-"computadora. Normalmente, estos sistemas operativos se detectan e instalan\n"
-"correctamente. Si este no es el caso, puede agregar una entrada a mano en\n"
-"esta pantalla. Tenga cuidado de elegir los parámetros correctos.\n"
-"\n"
-"Las opciones principales de Yaboot son:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Mensaje de Init: un mensaje de texto simple que se muestra antes del\n"
-"prompt de arranque.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Dispositivo de arranque: indica donde desea colocar la información\n"
-"necesaria para arrancar en GNU/Linux. Generalmente, se configura una\n"
-"partición bootstrap con anterioridad para contener esta información.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Demora de Open Firmware: a diferencia de LILO, hay dos demoras\n"
-"disponibles con Yaboot. La primera se mide en segundos y aquí puede elegir\n"
-"entre CD, arranque OF, MacOS o Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Demora de arranque del núcleo: esta demora es similar a la demora de\n"
-"arranque de LILO. Luego de seleccionar Linux, tendrá esta demora en décimas\n"
-"de segundo antes que se seleccione su descripción del núcleo\n"
-"predeterminada.\n"
-"\n"
-" * ¿Habilitar arranque desde el CD?: marcando esta opción Usted puede\n"
-"elegir \"C\" para el CD en el primer prompt de arranque.\n"
-"\n"
-" * ¿Habilitar arranque OF?: marcando esta opción Usted puede elegir \"N\"\n"
-"para Open Firmware en el primer prompt de arranque.\n"
-"\n"
-" * SO predeterminado: puede seleccionar qué sistema operativo arrancará por\n"
-"defecto cuando expira la demora de Open Firmware."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
 "found on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrakelinux system:\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandrakelinux system:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
-"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
-"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
-"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrakelinux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrakelinux system. Your current partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data won't be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrakelinux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
 "to Mandrakelinux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
 msgstr ""
-"Este paso se activa sólo si se encontró una partición GNU/Linux antigua en\n"
-"su máquina.\n"
+"Este paso se activa sólo si se encontró una partición GNU/Linux existente\n"
+"en su máquina.\n"
 "\n"
 "DrakX ahora necesita saber si desea realizar una instalación nueva o una\n"
 "actualización de un sistema Mandrakelinux existente:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": Esta opción borrará prácticamente por completo el sistema\n"
-"anterior. Si desea cambiar la forma en que se particionan sus discos, o\n"
-"cambiar el sistema de archivos, debería utilizar esta opción. Sin embargo,\n"
-"dependiendo de su esquema de particionado, puede evitar que se\n"
-"sobre-escriban algunos datos existentes.\n"
+" * \"%s\". En gran parte, esta opción borrará por completo el sistema\n"
+"anterior. Sin embargo, dependiendo de su esquema de particiones, puede\n"
+"evitar que se sobre-escriban algunos datos existentes (notablemente los\n"
+"directorios de \"home\"). Si desea cambiar la forma en la que se\n"
+"particionan sus discos, debería usar esta opción.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": Esta clase de instalación le permite actualizar los paquetes que\n"
-"en este momento están instalados en su sistema Mandrakelinux. No se\n"
-"alteran las particiones corrientes de sus discos ni los datos de los\n"
-"usuarios. La mayoría de los otros pasos de configuración permanecen\n"
-"disponibles, de manera similar a lo que ocurre con una instalación\n"
-"estándar.\n"
+"en este momento están instalados en su sistema Mandrakelinux. No se alteran\n"
+"las particiones corrientes de sus discos ni los datos de los usuarios. La\n"
+"mayoría de los otros pasos de configuración permanecen disponibles y son\n"
+"similares a una instalación estándar.\n"
 "\n"
 "El uso de la opción \"Actualizar\" debería funcionar sin problemas para los\n"
-"sistemas Mandrakelinux que corren la versión \"8.1\" o una posterior. No\n"
-"se recomienda realizar una actualización sobre versiones anteriores a\n"
+"sistemas Mandrakelinux que corren la versión \"8.1\" o una posterior. No se\n"
+"recomienda realizar una actualización sobre versiones anteriores a\n"
 "Mandrakelinux versión \"8.1\"."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrakelinux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have\n"
-"been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
-"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
-"install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
-"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+"By the time you install Mandrakelinux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
 msgstr ""
 "Es probable que cuando instale Mandrakelinux algunos paquetes se hayan\n"
-"actualizado desde la publicación inicial. Se pueden haber corregido algunos\n"
-"errores y solucionado problemas de seguridad. Para permitir que Usted se\n"
-"beneficie de estas actualizaciones, ahora se le propone transferirlas desde\n"
-"la Internet. Marque \"%s\" si tiene funcionando una conexión con la\n"
-"Internet, o \"%s\" si prefiere instalar los paquetes actualizados más\n"
-"tarde.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si elige \"%s\" se mostrará una lista de lugares desde los que se pueden\n"
-"obtener las actualizaciones. Elija el más cercano a Usted. Luego aparece un\n"
-"árbol de selección de paquetes: revise la selección y presione \"%s\" para\n"
-"transferir e instalar los paquetes seleccionados, o \"%s\" para abortar."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer GRUB (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
-"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
-"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
-"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
-"default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
-"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
-"you need it, check this box.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
-"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
-"checking this box.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Be aware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrakelinux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
-"options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
-"are normally reserved for the expert user."
-msgstr ""
-"Este diálogo le permite un ajuste fino de su cargador de arranque:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": hay tres opciones para su cargador de arranque:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": si prefiere a GRUB (menú de texto).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz de texto.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz gráfica.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": en la mayoría de los casos, no cambiará lo predeterminado\n"
-"(\"%s\"), pero si lo prefiere el cargador de arranque se puede instalar en\n"
-"el segundo disco rígido (\"%s\") o incluso en un disquete (\"%s\")\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": luego de arrancar o volver a arrancar la computadora, esta es la\n"
-"demora que se garantiza al usuario para elegir, en el menú del cargador de\n"
-"arranque, una entrada distinta a la predeterminada.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI es un estándar nuevo (apareció durante el año 2002) para\n"
-"administración de energía, notablemente para las portátiles. Si Usted sabe\n"
-"que su hardware lo soporta y lo necesita, marque esta casilla.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": Si notó problemas de hardware en su máquina (conflictos de IRQ,\n"
-"inestabilidad, congelamiento de la máquina, ...) debería intentar\n"
-"deshabilitar APIC marcando esta casilla.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Tenga presente que si no elige instalar un cargador de arranque\n"
-"(seleccionando \"%s\"), ¡debe asegurarse que tiene una forma de arrancar a\n"
-"su sistema Mandrakelinux! También debe asegurarse que sabe lo que hace\n"
-"antes de cambiar cualquier opción. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Haciendo clic sobre el botón \"%s\" en este diálogo se le ofrecerán\n"
-"opciones avanzadas que están reservadas para el usuario experto."
+"actualizado desde la publicación inicial. Se pueden haber corregido errores\n"
+"y solucionado problemas de seguridad. Para permitir que Usted se beneficie\n"
+"de estas actualizaciones, ahora las puede descargar desde la Internet.\n"
+"Marque \"%s\" si tiene funcionando una conexión con la Internet, o \"%s\"\n"
+"si prefiere instalar los paquetes actualizados más tarde.\n"
+"\n"
+"Al elegir \"%s\" se mostrará una lista de lugares desde los que se pueden\n"
+"obtener las actualizaciones. Debería elegir el más cercano a Usted.\n"
+"Aparecerá un árbol de selección de paquetes: revise la selección y presione\n"
+"\"%s\" para obtener e instalar los paquetes seleccionados, o \"%s\" para\n"
+"abortar."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -513,32 +376,34 @@ msgid ""
 "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
 "WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrakelinux rely upon.\n"
 "\n"
-"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
-"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
 "\n"
 "   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
 "choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
 "   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
-"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
 "best suits your needs.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Resolution\n"
 "\n"
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
 "configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -547,36 +412,38 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 "   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
 "\n"
-"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
-"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
-"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
 "means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
-"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
 "menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
 msgstr ""
 "X (por \"X Window System\") es el corazón de la interfaz gráfica de\n"
 "GNU/Linux en el que se apoyan todos los entornos gráficos (KDE, GNOME,\n"
 "AfterStep, WindowMaker, etc.) que se incluyen con Mandrakelinux.\n"
 "\n"
 "Se le presentará la lista de parámetros diferentes a cambiar para obtener\n"
-"una presentación gráfica óptima: Tarjeta gráfica\n"
+"una presentación gráfica óptima.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tarjeta gráfica\n"
 "\n"
 "   Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente la\n"
-"tarjeta gráfica instalada en su máquina. Si este no es el caso, en esta\n"
-"lista puede elegir la tarjeta que realmente posee.\n"
+"tarjeta de vídeo instalada en su máquina. Si este no es el caso, en esta\n"
+"lista puede elegir la tarjeta que realmente tiene instalada.\n"
 "\n"
-"   En caso que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con\n"
-"o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le propone elegir el servidor que\n"
-"mejor satisface sus necesidades.\n"
+"   En caso de que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta,\n"
+"con o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le va a proponer elegir el\n"
+"servidor que mejor satisface sus necesidades.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -591,9 +458,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Resolución\n"
 "\n"
 "   Aquí puede elegir las resoluciones y profundidades de color disponibles\n"
-"para su hardware. Seleccione la que mejor se ajuste a sus necesidades\n"
-"(tenga presente que eso se puede cambiar luego de la instalación) En la\n"
-"imagen del monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración elegida.\n"
+"para su hardware de gráficos. Seleccione la que mejor se ajuste a sus\n"
+"necesidades (podrá hacer cambios luego de la instalación). En la imagen del\n"
+"monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración elegida.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -602,54 +469,54 @@ msgstr ""
 "   Esta entrada puede no aparecer, dependiendo de su hardware.\n"
 "\n"
 "   El sistema intentará abrir una pantalla gráfica con la resolución\n"
-"deseada. Si puede ver el mensaje durante la prueba, y responde \"%s\",\n"
-"entonces DrakX continuará con el paso siguiente. Si no puede ver el\n"
-"mensaje, significa que alguna parte de la configuración detectada\n"
-"automáticamente no era la correcta y la prueba terminará automáticamente\n"
-"luego de unos segundos, restaurando el menú. Cambie los ajustes hasta\n"
-"obtener una pantalla correcta.\n"
+"deseada. Si ve el mensaje durante la prueba, y responde \"%s\", entonces\n"
+"DrakX continuará con el paso siguiente. Si no puede ver el mensaje,\n"
+"entonces significa que alguna parte de la configuración detectada\n"
+"automáticamente era incorrecta y la prueba terminará automáticamente luego\n"
+"de unos segundos, restaurando el menú. Cambie los ajustes hasta obtener una\n"
+"pantalla gráfica correcta.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Opciones\n"
 "\n"
-"   Aquí puede elegir si desea que su máquina cambie automáticamente a la\n"
-"interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá marcar \"%s\" si su\n"
-"sistema actuará como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la configuración de su\n"
-"pantalla."
+"   Este paso le permite elegir si desea que su máquina cambie\n"
+"automáticamente a la interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá\n"
+"marcar \"%s\" si su sistema actuará como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la\n"
+"configuración de su pantalla."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrakelinux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
-"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandrakelinux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
 "if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you don't have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
 "will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
-"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
-"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it is compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrakelinux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
 msgstr ""
 "Ahora es el momento de seleccionar un sistema de impresión para su\n"
-"computadora. Otros sistemas operativos pueden ofrecerle uno, pero Mandrake\n"
-"Linux le ofrece dos. Cada uno de los sistemas de impresión es mejor para un\n"
-"tipo de configuración particular.\n"
+"computadora. Otros sistemas operativos pueden ofrecerle uno, pero\n"
+"Mandrakelinux le ofrece dos. Cada uno de los sistemas de impresión es más\n"
+"adecuado para tipos de configuración particulares.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\" - \"print, don't queue\" (imprimir sin poner en cola) es la\n"
 "elección si Usted tiene una conexión directa a su impresora y desea evitar\n"
@@ -658,40 +525,46 @@ msgstr ""
 "utiliza con las redes) Se recomienda utilizar \"pdq\" si esta es su primer\n"
 "experiencia con GNU/Linux.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\" (Sistema de Impresión Común de\n"
-"Unix) es una elección excelente para imprimir en su impresora local o en\n"
-"una en la otra punta del planeta. Es simple de configurar y puede actuar\n"
-"como servidor o cliente para el sistema de impresión antiguo \"lpd\", por\n"
-"lo que es compatible con sistemas operativos más antiguos que todavía\n"
-"pueden necesitar servicios de impresión. Si bien es bastante potente, la\n"
-"configuración básica es tan simple como la de \"pdq\". Si necesita que\n"
-"emule a un servidor \"lpd\", debe activar el demonio \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\"\n"
-"incluye interfaces gráficas para imprimir o elegir las opciones de la\n"
-"impresora y para administrar la impresora.\n"
+" * \"%s\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\"punta (Sistema de Impresión\n"
+"Común de Unix) es una elección excelente para imprimir en su impresora\n"
+"local o en una que se encuentre al otro lado del planeta. Es simple de\n"
+"configurar y puede actuar como servidor o cliente para el sistema de\n"
+"impresión antiguo \"lpd\", por lo que es compatible con sistemas operativos\n"
+"más antiguos que todavía pueden necesitar servicios de impresión. Si bien\n"
+"es bastante potente, la configuración básica es tan simple como la de\n"
+"\"pdq\". Si necesita que emule a un servidor \"lpd\", debe activar el\n"
+"demonio \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\" incluye interfaces gráficas para imprimir o\n"
+"elegir las opciones de la impresora y para administrar la impresora.\n"
 "\n"
 "Si hace una elección ahora y más tarde encuentra que a Usted no le gusta su\n"
 "sistema de impresión, puede cambiarlo ejecutando PrinterDrake desde el\n"
-"Centro de Control de Mandrake y haciendo clic sobre el botón para expertos."
+"Centro de Control de Mandrakelinux y haciendo clic sobre el botón \"%s\"."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrakelinux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandrakelinux, and to make it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
 "\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrakelinux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
-"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"Mandrakelinux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
-"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100% LSB-compliant.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
 "more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
@@ -701,9 +574,19 @@ msgid ""
 "interface available.\n"
 "\n"
 "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
 "working graphical desktop.\n"
@@ -713,33 +596,32 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
 "to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
-"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
-"megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
-"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
-"be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
-"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
 msgstr ""
 "Ahora es el momento de especificar los programas que desea instalar en su\n"
-"sistema. Hay miles de paquetes disponibles para Mandrakelinux, y para\n"
-"hacer más simple el manejo de los paquetes, los mismos se han puesto en\n"
-"grupos de aplicaciones similares.\n"
+"sistema. Hay miles de paquetes disponibles para Mandrakelinux, y para hacer\n"
+"más simple el manejo de los paquetes, los mismos se han puesto en grupos de\n"
+"aplicaciones similares.\n"
 "\n"
-"Los paquetes se clasifican en grupos que corresponden a un uso particular\n"
-"de su máquina. Mandrakelinux clasifica los grupos de paquetes en cuatro\n"
-"categorías. Puede mezclar y hacer coincidir aplicaciones de varias\n"
-"categorías, por lo que una instalación de \"Estación de trabajo\" puede\n"
-"tener instaladas aplicaciones de la categoría \"Desarrollo\".\n"
+"Mandrakelinux clasifica los grupos de paquetes en cuatro categorías. Puede\n"
+"mezclar y hacer coincidir aplicaciones de varias categorías, por lo que una\n"
+"instalación de \"Estación de trabajo\" puede tener instaladas aplicaciones\n"
+"de la categoría \"Desarrollo\".\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": si planifica utilizar su máquina como una estación de trabajo,\n"
 "seleccione una o más aplicaciones de la categoría estación de trabajo.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": si planifica utilizar su máquina para programar, elija los\n"
-"paquetes apropiados de esa categoría.\n"
+"grupos apropiados de esa categoría. El grupo especial \"LSB\" configurará\n"
+"su sistema de forma tal que cumpla tanto como sea posible con las\n"
+"especificaciones Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Si selecciona el grupo \"LSB\" también se instalará la serie del núcleo\n"
+"\"2.4\", en vez de la serie predeterminada \"2.6\". Esto es para asegurar\n"
+"una compatibilidad 100% con LSB del sistema. Sin embargo, si no selecciona\n"
+"el grupo \"LSB\" todavía obtendrá un sistema que es casi 100% compatible\n"
+"con LSB.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": si pretende usar la máquina como un servidor, seleccione cuáles\n"
 "de los servicios más comunes desea instalar en su máquina.\n"
@@ -748,10 +630,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "desea tener una estación de trabajo gráfica, debe seleccionar al menos uno.\n"
 "\n"
 "Si mueve el cursor del ratón sobre el nombre de un grupo se mostrará un\n"
-"pequeño texto explicativo acerca de ese grupo. Si deselecciona todos los\n"
-"grupos cuando está realizando una instalación regular (es decir, no una\n"
-"actualización), aparecerá un diálogo que propone opciones diferentes para\n"
-"una instalación mínima:\n"
+"pequeño texto explicativo acerca de ese grupo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Puede marcar la casilla \"%s\" que es útil si está familiarizado con los\n"
+"paquetes que se ofrecen, o si desea tener un control total sobre lo que se\n"
+"instalará.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si inició la instalación en el modo \"%s\", puede deseleccionar todos los\n"
+"grupos para evitar la instalación de cualquier paquete nuevo. Esto es útil\n"
+"para reparar o actualizar un sistema existente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si deselecciona todos los grupos cuando está realizando una instalación\n"
+"regular (es decir, no una actualización), aparecerá un diálogo que sugiere\n"
+"opciones diferentes para una instalación mínima:\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": instala la menor cantidad de paquetes posible para tener un\n"
 "escritorio gráfico que funcione.\n"
@@ -762,37 +653,33 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": instalará el mínimo necesario estricto para obtener un sistema\n"
 "Linux que funciona. Con esta instalación sólo tendrá una interfaz de línea\n"
-"de comandos. Esta instalación ocupa alrededor de 65 MB.\n"
-"\n"
-"Puede marcar la casilla \"%s\" que es útil si está familiarizado con los\n"
-"paquetes que se ofrecen, o si desea tener un control total sobre lo que se\n"
-"instalará.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si inició la instalación en el modo \"%s\" puede deseleccionar todos los\n"
-"grupos para evitar instalar cualquier paquete nuevo. Esto es útil para\n"
-"reparar o actualizar un sistema existente."
+"de comandos. Esta instalación ocupa alrededor de 65 MB."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "The Mandrakelinux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
 "selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
-"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
 msgstr ""
 "La instalación de Mandrakelinux se distribuye en varios CD-ROM. Si un\n"
 "paquete seleccionado se encuentra en otro CD-ROM, DrakX expulsará el CD\n"
-"corriente y le pedirá que inserte el CD correcto según sea necesario."
+"corriente y le pedirá que inserte el necesario. Si no tiene el CD necesario\n"
+"a mano, simplemente haga clic sobre \"%s\", no se instalarán los paquetes\n"
+"correspondientes."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
 "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
 "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
 "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
 "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
 "unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
@@ -801,27 +688,26 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
 "characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
-"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
 "\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"One caveat: don't make the password too long or too complicated because you\n"
 "must be able to remember it!\n"
 "\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
-"connect.\n"
+"The password won't be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
 "\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
 "\n"
 "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you don't know which\n"
 "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
-"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
-"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
 msgstr ""
 "Este es el punto de decisión más crucial para la seguridad de su sistema\n"
 "GNU/Linux: tendrá que ingresar la contraseña de \"root\". El usuario\n"
@@ -839,30 +725,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "La contraseña debería ser una mezcla de caracteres alfanuméricos y tener al\n"
 "menos una longitud de 8 caracteres. Nunca escriba la contraseña de \"root\"\n"
-"- por ejemplo, en un papel - eso hace que sea muy fácil comprometer a un\n"
+"- por ejemplo, en un papel - eso hace que sea muy fácil comprometer su\n"
 "sistema.\n"
 "\n"
 "Sin embargo, no debería hacer la contraseña muy larga o complicada ¡debido\n"
 "a que Usted debe poder recordarla!\n"
 "\n"
 "La contraseña no se mostrará en la pantalla a medida que Usted la teclee.\n"
-"Por lo tanto tendrá que teclear la contraseña dos veces para reducir la\n"
-"posibilidad de un error de tecleo. Si ocurre que Usted comete dos veces el\n"
-"mismo error de tecleo, tendrá que utilizar esta contraseña \"incorrecta\"\n"
-"la primera vez que se conecte.\n"
+"Deberá teclear la contraseña dos veces para reducir la posibilidad de un\n"
+"error de tecleo a ciegas. Si ocurre que Usted comete dos veces el mismo\n"
+"error de tecleo, tendrá que utilizar esta contraseña \"incorrecta\" la\n"
+"primera vez que intente conectarse como \"root\".\n"
 "\n"
-"Si desea que el acceso a esta computadora esté controlado por un servidor\n"
-"de autenticación, haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\".\n"
+"Si desea utilizar un servidor de autenticación para controlar el acceso a\n"
+"su computadora, haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\".\n"
 "\n"
 "Si su red usa los protocolos LDAP, NIS, o servicios de autenticación de PDC\n"
-"Dominio de Windows, seleccione el botón apropiado como método de\n"
-"autenticación. Si no sabe cual utilizar, debería preguntar al administrador\n"
-"de su red.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si ocurre que tiene problemas para recordar contraseñas puede elegir el\n"
-"botón \"%s\", si es que su computadora nunca estará conectada a la Internet\n"
-"y Usted confía absolutamente en cualquier persona que tenga acceso a la\n"
-"misma."
+"Dominio de Windows, seleccione el apropiado como método de autenticación.\n"
+"Si no sabe cual utilizar, debería preguntar al administrador de su red.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si ocurre que tiene problemas para recordar contraseñas, o si su\n"
+"computadora nunca estará conectada a la Internet y Usted confía\n"
+"absolutamente en cualquier persona que tenga acceso a la misma, puede\n"
+"elegir el botón \"%s\"."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -886,44 +771,43 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
 "\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
 "\n"
 "!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
 "chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
 "installed. By default Mandrakelinux will automatically start any installed\n"
 "services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
 "security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrakelinux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
+"finalized. If you don't know what a particular service is supposed to do or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
 "\n"
 "The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
 "whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each them such\n"
-"that installation of one package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
 "package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
 "have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
 msgstr ""
-"Si le dijo al instalador que deseaba seleccionar los paquetes individuales,\n"
-"el mismo presentará un árbol que contiene todos los paquetes clasificados\n"
-"por grupos y subgrupos. Mientras navega por el árbol puede seleccionar\n"
-"grupos enteros, subgrupos, o paquetes individuales.\n"
+"Si eligió instalar los paquetes de manera individual, el instalador\n"
+"presentará un árbol que contiene todos los paquetes clasificados por grupos\n"
+"y subgrupos. Mientras navega por el árbol puede seleccionar grupos enteros,\n"
+"subgrupos, o paquetes individuales.\n"
 "\n"
 "Tan pronto como selecciona un paquete en el árbol, aparece una descripción\n"
 "del mismo sobre la derecha que le permite conocer el propósito del paquete.\n"
@@ -931,56 +815,59 @@ msgstr ""
 "Es muy probable que la gran mayoría de las descripciones de los paquetes\n"
 "estén en inglés.\n"
 "\n"
-"!! Si ha sido seleccionado un paquete de servidor ya sea porque Usted\n"
+"!! Si ha sido seleccionado un paquete de servidor, ya sea porque Usted\n"
 "seleccionó específicamente el paquete individual o porque el mismo era\n"
 "parte de un grupo de paquetes, se le pedirá que confirme que realmente\n"
-"desea que se instalen esos servidores. Bajo Mandrakelinux, cualquier\n"
-"servidor instalado se inicia de manera predeterminada al momento del\n"
-"arranque. Aunque estos son seguros y no tienen problemas conocidos al\n"
-"momento en que se publicó la distribución, es posible que se descubran\n"
-"vulnerabilidades en la seguridad luego que se terminó con esta versión de\n"
-"Mandrakelinux. En particular, si no sabe que es lo que se supone que hace\n"
-"un servicio o la razón por la cual se está instalando, entonces haga clic\n"
+"desea que se instalen esos servidores. De manera predeterminada,\n"
+"Mandrakelinux iniciará automáticamente todos los servicios instalados al\n"
+"momento del arranque. Aunque estos son seguros y no tienen problemas\n"
+"conocidos al momento en que se publicó la distribución, es muy posible que\n"
+"se descubran vulnerabilidades en la seguridad luego que se terminó con esta\n"
+"versión de Mandrakelinux. Si no sabe que es lo que se supone que hace un\n"
+"servicio o la razón por la cual se está instalando, entonces haga clic\n"
 "sobre \"%s\". Si hace clic sobre \"%s\" se instalarán todos los servicios\n"
-"listados y de manera predeterminada los mismos arrancarán automáticamente.\n"
+"listados y los mismos se iniciarán automáticamente al momento del arranque.\n"
 "!!\n"
 "\n"
-"La opción \"%s\" simplemente deshabilita el diálogo de advertencia que\n"
-"aparece cuando el instalador selecciona automáticamente un paquete para\n"
-"resolver un problema de dependencias. Algunos paquetes tienen relaciones\n"
-"entre ellos tales que la instalación de un paquete necesita que algún otro\n"
-"programa ya esté instalado. El instalador puede determinar qué paquetes se\n"
-"necesitan para satisfacer una dependencia para completar la instalación de\n"
-"manera satisfactoria.\n"
-"\n"
-"El pequeño icono del disquete bajo la lista le permite cargar la lista de\n"
-"paquetes elegida durante una instalación previa. Esto es útil si Usted\n"
-"tiene una cantidad de máquinas que desea configurar de manera idéntica.\n"
-"Haga clic sobre este icono y se le pedirá que inserte un disquete creado\n"
-"con anterioridad al final de otra instalación. Vea el segundo consejo del\n"
+"La opción \"%s\" se usa para deshabilitar el diálogo de advertencia que\n"
+"aparece cada vez que el instalador selecciona automáticamente un paquete\n"
+"para resolver un problema de dependencias. Algunos paquetes dependen de\n"
+"otros y la instalación de un paquete en particular puede requerir la\n"
+"instalación de otro paquete. El instalador puede determinar qué paquetes se\n"
+"necesitan para satisfacer una dependencia para poder completar la\n"
+"instalación de manera satisfactoria.\n"
+"\n"
+"El pequeño icono del disquete en la parte inferior de la lista le permite\n"
+"cargar la lista de paquetes elegida durante una instalación previa. Esto es\n"
+"útil si Usted tiene una cantidad de máquinas que desea configurar de manera\n"
+"idéntica. Al hacer clic sobre este icono se le pedirá que inserte un\n"
+"disquete creado al final de otra instalación. Vea el segundo consejo del\n"
 "último paso para información sobre como crear dicho disquete."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"LILO and GRUB are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
 "\n"
 " * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
-"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
-" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
 "\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
-"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+"If DrakX can't determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" won't install any boot loader. Use this option only if you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
 msgstr ""
-"LILO y GRUB son cargadores de arranque para GNU/Linux. Normalmente esta\n"
-"etapa está completamente automatizada. DrakX analizará el sector de\n"
-"arranque del disco y actuará en función de lo que encuentre allí:\n"
+"Un cargador de arranque es un pequeño programa que la computadora inicia al\n"
+"momento del arranque. Es el responsable de arrancar todo el sistema.\n"
+"Normalmente la instalación del cargador de arranque está completamente\n"
+"automatizada. DrakX analizará el sector de arranque del disco y actuará en\n"
+"función de lo que encuentre allí:\n"
 "\n"
 " * Si encuentra un sector de arranque de Windows, lo reemplazará con un\n"
 "sector de arranque de GRUB/LILO de forma tal que Usted pueda cargar\n"
@@ -1036,120 +923,24 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
-"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
 "\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
-msgstr ""
-"Puede agregar entradas adicionales para Yaboot, ya sea para otros sistemas\n"
-"operativos, núcleos alternativos, o para una imagen de arranque de\n"
-"emergencia.\n"
-"\n"
-"Para otros sistemas operativos, la entrada consiste sólo de una etiqueta y\n"
-"la partición raíz.\n"
-"\n"
-"Para Linux, hay algunas opciones posibles:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Etiqueta: esta es simplemente el nombre que deberá teclear en el prompt\n"
-"de yaboot para seleccionar esta opción de arranque.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Imagen: esta debería ser el nombre del núcleo a arrancar. Típicamente,\n"
-"vmlinux o una variación de vmlinux con una extensión.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Raíz: el dispositivo \"root\" o \"/\" para su instalación Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Añadir: la opción de añadir al núcleo se usa bastante sobre el hardware\n"
-"Apple para asistir en la inicialización del hardware de vídeo, o para\n"
-"habilitar la emulación de los botones del ratón con el teclado para los\n"
-"botones 2do y 3ro del ratón que por lo general no tienen los ratones\n"
-"estándar de Apple. Algunos ejemplos son los siguientes:\n"
-"\n"
-"          video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"          video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: esta opción se puede usar o bien para cargar los módulos\n"
-"iniciales, antes que esté disponible el dispositivo de arranque, o bien\n"
-"cargar una imagen de ramdisk para una situación de arranque de emergencia.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Tamaño de Initrd: generalmente el tamaño por defecto del ramdisk es 4096\n"
-"bytes. Puede usar esta opción si necesita asignar un ramdisk mayor.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Lectura-Escritura: normalmente la partición \"root\" se levanta en modo\n"
-"de sólo lectura, para permitir una verificación del sistema de archivos\n"
-"antes que el sistema se levante por completo. Aquí puede cambiar esta\n"
-"opción.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: en caso que el hardware de vídeo de Apple sea excepcionalmente\n"
-"problemático, puede seleccionar esta opción para arrancar en el modo\n"
-"\"novideo\", con soporte nativo para el frame-buffer.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Predeterminada: selecciona a esta entrada como la opción Linux por\n"
-"defecto, que se puede elegir simplemente presionando [Intro] en el prompt\n"
-"de Yaboot. Esta entrada también se marcará con un \"*\", si presiona [Tab]\n"
-"para ver las selecciones del arranque."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
-"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
-"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
 "\n"
 "Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
 "be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
-"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
-"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
-"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
 "\n"
 "About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
-"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
-"still under development. For that reason, Mandrakelinux will be using it\n"
-"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrakelinux's use of UTF-8 will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
 "\n"
-" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
 "languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
 "iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1158,26 +949,26 @@ msgid ""
 " * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
 "the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
 "\n"
-" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
-"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
-"chosen.\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
 "\n"
 "Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
-"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
-"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will also be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
-"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
-"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
-"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
 msgstr ""
-"El primer paso es elegir el idioma de instalación. En el ejemplo se elige\n"
+"El primer paso es elegir el idioma que prefiere. En el ejemplo se elige\n"
 "\"%s\" como región y \"%s\" como idioma.\n"
 "\n"
-"Su elección de idioma preferido afectará al idioma de la documentación, el\n"
-"instalador y el sistema en general. Seleccione primero la región en la que\n"
-"se encuentra, y luego el idioma que habla.\n"
+"Su elección de idioma preferido afectará al idioma del instalador, de la\n"
+"documentación, y del sistema en general. Seleccione primero la región en la\n"
+"que se encuentra, y luego el idioma que habla.\n"
 "\n"
 "Al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" (Avanzada) podrá seleccionar otros\n"
 "idiomas para instalar en su sistema, instalando así los archivos\n"
@@ -1210,57 +1001,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "traducciones, tipografías, correctores ortográficos, etc. para dicho\n"
 "idioma.\n"
 "\n"
-"Puede ejecutar el comando \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" como \"root\" para\n"
-"cambiar el idioma de todo el sistema de uno a otro. Ejecutar el comando\n"
-"como usuario no privilegiado sólo cambiará la configuración de idioma para\n"
-"ese usuario en particular."
+"Puede ejecutar el comando \"localedrake\" como \"root\" para cambiar el\n"
+"idioma de todo el sistema de uno a otro. Ejecutar el comando como usuario\n"
+"no privilegiado sólo cambiará la configuración de idioma para ese usuario\n"
+"en particular."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
-"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
-"driver."
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
 msgstr ""
 "\"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n"
-"muestra aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido mostrada no es la que está\n"
-"realmente instalada en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir\n"
-"otro controlador."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
-"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
-"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
-"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
-"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
-"changes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
-"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
-"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
-"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
-"operating systems!"
-msgstr ""
-"Luego que haya configurado los parámetros generales del cargador de\n"
-"arranque se mostrará la lista de opciones de arranque que estarán\n"
-"disponibles al momento de arrancar.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si hay otros sistemas operativos instalados en su máquina los mismos se\n"
-"agregarán automáticamente al menú de arranque. Puede elegir ajustar las\n"
-"opciones existentes haciendo clic sobre \"%s\" para crear una nueva\n"
-"entrada; seleccionando una entrada y haciendo clic sobre \"%s\" o \"%s\"\n"
-"para modificarla o quitarla. \"%s\" valida sus cambios.\n"
-"\n"
-"También puede ser que no desee dar acceso a los otros sistemas operativos a\n"
-"cualquiera que vaya a la consola y reinicie la máquina. Puede borrar las\n"
-"entradas correspondientes para los sistemas operativos para quitarlas del\n"
-"menú, pero ¡necesitará un disquete de arranque para poder arrancar esos\n"
-"otros sistemas operativos!"
+"mostrará aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido no es la que está realmente\n"
+"presente en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir un\n"
+"controlador diferente."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1278,8 +1034,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
 "wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
-"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
-"similar to the one used during installation."
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
 msgstr ""
 "\"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n"
 "configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capítulo correspondiente de la\n"
@@ -1292,17 +1048,17 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
 msgstr ""
 "Opciones\n"
 "\n"
-"   Aquí puede elegir si desea que su máquina cambie automáticamente a la\n"
-"interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá marcar \"%s\" si su\n"
-"sistema actuará como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la configuración de su\n"
-"pantalla."
+"   Este paso le permite elegir si desea que su máquina cambie\n"
+"automáticamente a la interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá\n"
+"marcar \"%s\" si su sistema actuará como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la\n"
+"configuración de su pantalla."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1316,83 +1072,84 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
-"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who\n"
-"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
-"address."
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you don't know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandrakelinux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
 msgstr ""
-"En este punto, DrakX le permitirá elegir el nivel de seguridad deseado para\n"
-"la máquina. Como regla general, el nivel de seguridad debería ser mayor\n"
-"cuanto más cruciales sean los datos que tenga almacenados, o si la máquina\n"
-"estará directamente expuesta a la Internet. No obstante, un nivel de\n"
-"seguridad más alto generalmente se obtiene a expensas de la facilidad de\n"
-"uso.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si no sabe cual elegir, no cambie la opción predeterminada. Podrá cambiar\n"
-"ese nivel de seguridad más adelante con la herramienta draksec del Centro\n"
-"de Control de Mandrake.\n"
-"\n"
-"El campo \"%s\" puede informar al sistema del usuario en esta computadora\n"
-"que será responsable de la seguridad. Los mensajes relativos a la seguridad\n"
+"En este punto, DrakX le permitirá elegir el nivel de seguridad que desea\n"
+"para su máquina. Como regla general, el nivel de seguridad debería ser\n"
+"mayor si la máquina va a contener datos cruciales, o si estará expuesta\n"
+"directamente a la Internet. No obstante, un nivel de seguridad más alto\n"
+"generalmente se obtiene a expensas de la facilidad de uso.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si no sabe cual elegir, mantenga la opción predeterminada. Podrá cambiarla\n"
+"más adelante con la herramienta draksec, que es parte del Centro de Control\n"
+"de Mandrakelinux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Complete el campo \"%s\" con la dirección de correo electrónico de la\n"
+"persona responsable de la seguridad. Los mensajes relativos a la seguridad\n"
 "se enviarán a esa dirección."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
-"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
-"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
-"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
-"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
 "necessary.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"isn't in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
 "country list.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
 "you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
 "correct.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
-"change it if necessary.\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
 "configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it isn't\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
-"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
-"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that doesn't suit you, click on\n"
 "\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
-"configure it manually.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center after the installation has finished to benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
-"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
-"card.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
-"now.\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
 "previous step ().\n"
@@ -1402,27 +1159,29 @@ msgid ""
 "the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
 "firewall settings.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
-"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
 "on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
 "idea to review this setup."
 msgstr ""
 "A manera de revisión, DrakX presentará un resumen de las distintas\n"
-"informaciones que tiene acerca de su sistema. Dependiendo del hardware\n"
-"instalado puede tener algunas o todas las entradas siguientes. Cada entrada\n"
-"está compuesta del elemento a configurar, seguido de un pequeño resumen de\n"
-"la configuración corriente. Haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" correspondiente\n"
-"para modificar la configuración.\n"
+"informaciones que recopiló acerca de su sistema. Dependiendo del hardware\n"
+"instalado en su máquina, puede tener algunas o todas las entradas\n"
+"siguientes. Cada entrada está compuesta del elemento a configurar, seguido\n"
+"de un pequeño resumen de la configuración actual. Haga clic sobre el botón\n"
+"\"%s\" correspondiente para hacer los cambios.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración de la disposición corriente del\n"
-"teclado y cámbiela si es necesario.\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración de la disposición actual del teclado\n"
+"y cámbiela si es necesario.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": verifique la selección corriente del país. Si Usted no se\n"
-"encuentra en este país haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y seleccione otro.\n"
-"Si su país no se muestra en la primer lista haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\"\n"
-"para obtener la lista completa de países.\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique la selección actual del país. Si Usted no se encuentra\n"
+"en este país haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y seleccione otro. Si su país\n"
+"no se muestra en la primer lista que se muestra, haga clic sobre el botón\n"
+"\"%s\" para obtener la lista completa de países.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": De manera predeterminada DrakX deduce su huso horario basándose\n"
 "en el país que ha elegido. Puede hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" si esto\n"
@@ -1438,27 +1197,32 @@ msgstr ""
 "durante la instalación.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n"
-"muestra aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido mostrada no es la que está\n"
-"realmente instalada en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir\n"
-"otro controlador.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": de manera predeterminada DrakX configura su interfaz gráfica en\n"
-"\"800x600\" o \"1024x768\" de resolución. Si eso no le satisface, haga clic\n"
-"sobre \"%s\" para cambiar la configuración su interfaz gráfica.\n"
+"mostrará aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido no es la que está realmente\n"
+"presente en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir un\n"
+"controlador diferente.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de TV en su sistema, la misma se\n"
 "muestra aquí. Si tiene una tarjeta de TV y la misma no se detecta, haga\n"
 "clic sobre \"%s\" para intentar configurarla a mano.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta RDSI en su sistema, la misma se\n"
-"muestra aquí. Puede hacer clic sobre \"%s\" para cambiar los parámetros\n"
-"asociados a la misma.\n"
+" * \"%s\": Puede hacer clic sobre \"%s\" para cambiar los parámetros\n"
+"asociados a la tarjeta si cree que no son los correctos.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea configurar ahora el acceso a la\n"
-"Internet o a su red local.\n"
+" * \"%s\": de manera predeterminada DrakX configura su interfaz gráfica en\n"
+"\"800x600\" o \"1024x768\" de resolución. Si eso no le satisface, haga clic\n"
+"sobre \"%s\" para cambiar la configuración su interfaz gráfica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si desea configurar ahora el acceso a la Internet o a su red\n"
+"local, puede hacerlo ahora. Consulte la documentación impresa o utilice el\n"
+"Centro de Control de Mandrakelinux luego que finalizó la instalación para\n"
+"aprovechar la ayuda en línea completa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permite configurar las direcciones de los proxy HTTP y FTP si la\n"
+"máquina sobre la que está instalando estará ubicada detrás de un servidor\n"
+"proxy.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": esta entrada le ofrece volver a definir el nivel de seguridad\n"
-"como se ajustó en un paso previo ().\n"
+"como se ajustó en un paso previo (ver ).\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": si planifica conectar su máquina a la Internet, es una buena\n"
 "idea protegerse de las intrusiones configurando un cortafuegos. Consulte la\n"
@@ -1466,23 +1230,25 @@ msgstr ""
 "los ajustes del cortafuegos.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": si desea cambiar la configuración de su cargador de arranque,\n"
-"haga clic sobre ese botón. Esto debería estar reservado para usuarios\n"
-"avanzados.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": aquí podrá tener un control fino sobre qué servicios correrán en\n"
-"su máquina. Si planifica utilizar esta máquina como servidor es una buena\n"
-"idea revisar estos ajustes."
+"haga clic sobre este botón. Esto debería estar reservado para los usuarios\n"
+"avanzados. Consulte la documentación impresa o la ayuda en línea acerca de\n"
+"la configuración del cargador de arranque en el Centro de Control de\n"
+"Mandrakelinux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": por medio de esta entrada podrá tener un control fino sobre qué\n"
+"servicios correrán en su máquina. Si planifica utilizar esta máquina como\n"
+"servidor es una buena idea revisar estos ajustes."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
-"or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
 "suits your needs."
 msgstr ""
-"En caso que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con o\n"
-"sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le propone elegir el servidor que mejor\n"
-"satisface sus necesidades."
+"En caso de que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con\n"
+"o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le va a proponer elegir el servidor\n"
+"que mejor satisface sus necesidades."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1490,118 +1256,69 @@ msgid ""
 "Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
 "mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
 "configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
 "right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
 "a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
 "\n"
-"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
-"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
-"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
-"mouse up and down.\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
 "\n"
 "If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
 "from the list provided.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
 "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
 "correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
 "\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
 "select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
 "the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
-"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
-"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
-"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
-"mouse."
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
 msgstr ""
 "Por lo general, DrakX no tiene problemas en detectar la cantidad de botones\n"
-"que tiene su ratón. En caso contrario, asume que Usted tiene un ratón de\n"
-"dos botones y lo configurará para que emule el tercero. El tercer botón del\n"
-"ratón de un ratón de dos botones se puede \"presionar\" haciendo clic\n"
-"simultáneamente sobre el botón izquierdo y el derecho. DrakX sabrá\n"
-"automáticamente si su ratón utiliza una interfaz PS/2, serie o USB.\n"
+"de su ratón. Si no es así, asume que Usted tiene un ratón de dos botones y\n"
+"lo configurará para que emule el tercero. El tercer botón del ratón en un\n"
+"ratón de dos botones se puede \"obtener\" haciendo clic simultáneamente\n"
+"sobre el botón izquierdo y el derecho. DrakX sabrá automáticamente si su\n"
+"ratón utiliza una interfaz PS/2, serie o USB.\n"
 "\n"
-"En caso que tenga un ratón de 3 botones sin rueda, puede elegir el ratón\n"
-"que dice \"%s\". Entonces, DrakX configurará su ratón de forma tal que el\n"
-"mismo pueda simular la rueda: para hacerlo, presione el botón del medio y,\n"
-"sin soltarlo, mueva su ratón arriba y abajo.\n"
+"En caso que tenga un ratón de 3 botones sin rueda, puede elegir un ratón\n"
+"\"%s\". Entonces, DrakX configurará su ratón de forma tal que pueda simular\n"
+"la rueda con el mismo: para hacerlo, presione el botón del medio y, sin\n"
+"soltarlo, mueva el puntero de su ratón arriba y abajo.\n"
 "\n"
 "Si, por alguna razón, desea especificar un tipo de ratón diferente,\n"
 "selecciónelo de la lista que se proporciona.\n"
 "\n"
-"Si elige un ratón distinto al predeterminado, se le presentará una pantalla\n"
-"de prueba. Use los botones y la rueda para verificar que la configuración\n"
-"es correcta y que el ratón está funcionando correctamente. Si el ratón no\n"
-"está funcionando bien, presione la barra espaciadora o la tecla [Intro]\n"
-"para cancelar la prueba y volver a la lista de opciones.\n"
-"\n"
-"Los ratones con rueda a veces no se detectan automáticamente por lo que\n"
-"deberá seleccionar su ratón de una lista. Debe asegurarse de seleccionar el\n"
-"correspondiente al puerto en el cual está conectado su ratón. Después de\n"
-"seleccionar un ratón y presionar el botón \"%s\", se muestra la pantalla de\n"
-"prueba del ratón. Mueva la rueda de su ratón para asegurarse que está\n"
-"activa correctamente. Una vez que ve que se mueve la rueda en la pantalla a\n"
-"medida que mueve la rueda de su ratón, pruebe los botones y verifique que\n"
-"el puntero del ratón se mueve en la pantalla a medida que mueve su ratón."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
-"Mandrakelinux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
-"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
-"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
-"button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
-"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"About Winmodem Connection. Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems\n"
-"that require additional software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of\n"
-"those modems actually work under Mandrakelinux, some others do not. You\n"
-"can consult the list of supported modems at LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Ahora configurará su conexión de red/Internet. Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si\n"
-"desea conectar su computadora a la Internet o a una red de área local.\n"
-"Mandrakelinux intentará detectar automáticamente los dispositivos de red y\n"
-"módems. Si esta detección falla, quite la marca de la casilla \"%s\".\n"
-"También puede elegir no configurar la red, o hacerlo más tarde, en cuyo\n"
-"caso hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" lo llevará al paso siguiente.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cuando configura su red las opciones de conexión disponibles son: conexión\n"
-"con módem tradicional, conexión con Winmodem, conexión con módem RDSI\n"
-"(ISDN), conexión ADSL, cable módem, y finalmente una simple conexión LAN\n"
-"(Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"Aquí no entraremos en detalle en cada opción de configuración - simplemente\n"
-"debe asegurarse que su Proveedor de Servicios de Internet o su\n"
-"administrador del sistema le proporcionaron todos los parámetros de\n"
-"configuración, tales como la dirección IP, la pasarela predeterminada, los\n"
-"servidores DNS, etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"Acerca de la conexión con Winmodems. Los Winmodem son módems de gama baja,\n"
-"especiales e integrados, que necesitan un software adicional para funcionar\n"
-"a diferencia de los módem normales. En realidad, algunos de esos módem\n"
-"funcionan bajo Mandrakelinux y otros no. Puede consultar la lista de módem\n"
-"soportados en LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"Puede consultar el capítulo de \"Guía de Comienzo\" sobre las conexiones a\n"
-"la Internet para detalles acerca de la configuración, o simplemente esperar\n"
-"hasta que su sistema esté instalado y usar el programa que se describe allí\n"
-"para configurar su conexión."
+"Puede seleccionar la entrada \"%s\" para elegir un tipo de ratón\n"
+"\"genérico\" que funcionará con casi todos los ratones.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si elige un ratón distinto al predeterminado, se mostrará una pantalla de\n"
+"prueba. Use los botones y la rueda para verificar que los ajustes son\n"
+"correctos y que el ratón está funcionando correctamente. Si el ratón no\n"
+"está funcionando bien, presione la [barra espaciadora] o la tecla [Intro]\n"
+"para cancelar la prueba y volverá a la lista de opciones.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ocasionalmente, los ratones con rueda no se detectan automáticamente, por\n"
+"lo que deberá seleccionar su ratón de una lista. Debe asegurarse de\n"
+"seleccionar el correspondiente al puerto en el cual está conectado su\n"
+"ratón. Después de seleccionar un ratón y presionar el botón \"%s\", se\n"
+"mostrará la imagen de un ratón en la pantalla. Mueva la rueda de su ratón\n"
+"para asegurarse que está activa correctamente. A medida que mueva la rueda,\n"
+"verá que se mueve la rueda en la pantalla. Pruebe los botones y verifique\n"
+"que el puntero del ratón se mueve en la pantalla a medida que mueve su\n"
+"ratón."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1609,30 +1326,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Graphic Card\n"
 "\n"
 "   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
 "choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
 "   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
-"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
 "best suits your needs."
 msgstr ""
 "Tarjeta gráfica\n"
 "\n"
 "   Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente la\n"
-"tarjeta gráfica instalada en su máquina. Si este no es el caso, en esta\n"
-"lista puede elegir la tarjeta que realmente posee.\n"
+"tarjeta de vídeo instalada en su máquina. Si este no es el caso, en esta\n"
+"lista puede elegir la tarjeta que realmente tiene instalada.\n"
 "\n"
-"   En caso que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con\n"
-"o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le propone elegir el servidor que\n"
-"mejor satisface sus necesidades."
+"   En caso de que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta,\n"
+"con o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le va a proponer elegir el\n"
+"servidor que mejor satisface sus necesidades."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
-"covers the entire Mandrakelinux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
-"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
-"will reboot your computer."
+"covers the entire Mandrakelinux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
 msgstr ""
 "Antes de continuar, debería leer cuidadosamente los términos de la\n"
 "licencia. La misma cubre a toda la distribución Mandrakelinux. Si está de\n"
@@ -1642,48 +1359,47 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
 "time.\n"
 "\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which aren't needed at boot\n"
 "time.\n"
 "\n"
 "A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
 "it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
 "\n"
 "!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
+"server: you probably don't want to start any services which you don't need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
 msgstr ""
-"Este diálogo se usa para elegir los servicios que desea se inicien durante\n"
-"el arranque.\n"
+"Este diálogo se usa para elegir cuáles servicios Usted desea que se inicien\n"
+"durante el arranque.\n"
 "\n"
-"DrakX listará todos los servicios disponibles con la instalación corriente.\n"
-"Debe revisarlos con cuidado y quitar la marca de aquellos que no siempre\n"
-"son necesarios al arrancar.\n"
+"DrakX listará todos los servicios disponibles en la instalación corriente.\n"
+"Revíselos con cuidado y quite la marca de aquellos que no son necesarios al\n"
+"arrancar.\n"
 "\n"
 "Cuando se selecciona un servicio obtendrá un pequeño texto explicativo\n"
 "acerca del mismo. Sin embargo, si no está seguro si un servicio es útil o\n"
 "no, es más seguro dejar el comportamiento predeterminado.\n"
 "\n"
 "!! Tenga mucho cuidado en esta etapa si pretende usar su máquina como un\n"
-"servidor: probablemente no deseará activar servicios que no necesita. Por\n"
-"favor recuerde que varios servicios pueden ser peligrosos si se habilitan\n"
-"en un servidor. En general, seleccione sólo aquellos servicios que\n"
-"realmente necesita. !!"
+"servidor: probablemente no desea iniciar servicios que no necesita. Por\n"
+"favor recuerde que algunos servicios pueden ser peligrosos si están\n"
+"habilitados en un servidor. En general, seleccione sólo aquellos servicios\n"
+"que realmente necesita. !!"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
 msgstr ""
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1699,27 +1415,27 @@ msgid ""
 "motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
 "\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
 "hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
-"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
 "\n"
-"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
-"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
-"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
-"other machines on your local network as well."
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
 msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux administra la hora en GMT (\"Greenwich Mean Time\", Hora del\n"
 "Meridiano de Greenwich) y la traduce a la hora local de acuerdo al huso\n"
 "horario que Usted seleccionó. Sin embargo, es posible desactivar esto\n"
 "quitando la marca de la casilla \"%s\", lo que hará que GNU/Linux sepa que\n"
 "el reloj del sistema y el reloj de hardware están en el mismo huso horario.\n"
-"Esto es útil cuando la máquina también alberga otro sistema operativo como\n"
-"Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"La opción \"%s\" regulará automáticamente el reloj conectándose a un\n"
-"servidor remoto de la hora en la Internet. Para que esta característica\n"
-"funcione debe tener una conexión con la Internet funcionando. En realidad,\n"
-"esta opción instala un servidor de la hora que puede ser utilizado por\n"
-"otras máquinas en su red local."
+"Esto es útil cuando la máquina también alberga otro sistema operativo.\n"
+"\n"
+"La opción \"%s\" regulará automáticamente el reloj del sistema conectándose\n"
+"a un servidor remoto de la hora en la Internet. Para que esta\n"
+"característica funcione, debe tener una conexión con la Internet\n"
+"funcionando. Le recomendamos que elija un servidor de la hora ubicado cerca\n"
+"de Usted. En realidad, esta opción instala un servidor de la hora que\n"
+"también puede ser utilizado por otras máquinas en su red local."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1792,50 +1508,43 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list."
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country isn't in the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
 msgstr ""
-"\"%s\": verifique la selección corriente del país. Si Usted no se encuentra\n"
-"en este país haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y seleccione otro. Si su país\n"
-"no se muestra en la primer lista haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para\n"
-"obtener la lista completa de países."
+"\"%s\": verifique la selección actual del país. Si Usted no se encuentra en\n"
+"este país haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y seleccione otro. Si su país no\n"
+"se muestra en la primer lista que se muestra, haga clic sobre el botón\n"
+"\"%s\" para obtener la lista completa de países."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
 "\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
-"\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
 "partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you don't have to reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
 "\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"won't be able to recover it.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
 "\n"
 "Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux operating system installation.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
 "bad blocks on the disk."
 msgstr ""
-"Se debe formatear cualquier partición nueva que ha sido definida para que\n"
-"se pueda utilizar (formatear significa crear un sistema de archivos)\n"
-"\n"
-"Puede desear volver a formatear algunas particiones ya existentes para\n"
-"borrar cualquier dato que pudieran contener. Si así lo desea, por favor\n"
-"seleccione también dichas particiones.\n"
+"Si desea volver a utilizar algunas particiones GNU/Linux legadas, puede\n"
+"desear volver a formatear algunas de ellas y borrar cualquier dato que\n"
+"pudieran contener. Para hacerlo, por favor seleccione también dichas\n"
+"particiones.\n"
 "\n"
 "Por favor note que no es necesario volver a formatear todas las particiones\n"
 "preexistentes. Debe volver a formatear las particiones que contienen el\n"
@@ -1858,31 +1567,30 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
-"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the\n"
-"selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
 "\n"
-"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
 "language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
 "have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
 "you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
-"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"country-set keyboard don't match. In either case, this installation step\n"
 "will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
 "keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
 msgstr ""
-"Dependiendo del idioma que eligió en , DrakX selecciona automáticamente un\n"
-"tipo particular de configuración del teclado. Verifique que la selección le\n"
-"satisface o elija otra distribución de teclado.\n"
+"Dependiendo del idioma que eligió (ver ), DrakX seleccionará\n"
+"automáticamente un tipo particular de configuración del teclado. Verifique\n"
+"que la selección le satisface o elija otra distribución de teclado.\n"
 "\n"
 "También, puede ser que Usted no tenga un teclado que se corresponde\n"
 "exactamente con su idioma: por ejemplo, si Usted es un argentino que habla\n"
-"inglés, puede ser que tenga un teclado latinoamericano. O si habla\n"
+"inglés, puede ser que tenga un teclado latino americano. O si habla\n"
 "castellano pero está en Inglaterra puede estar en la misma situación en la\n"
 "cual su idioma nativo y su teclado no coinciden. En cualquier caso, este\n"
 "paso de instalación le permitirá elegir un teclado apropiado de una lista.\n"
@@ -1898,18 +1606,19 @@ msgstr ""
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
-"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
 "should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
-"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
 "\n"
 "The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
-"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
-"the installation you just configured.\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
 "\n"
-"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
 "\n"
 "    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
 "step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
@@ -1917,13 +1626,18 @@ msgid ""
 "    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
 "rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
 "\n"
-"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
-"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n"
-"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n"
-"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
 msgstr ""
 "Ya está. Ahora la instalación está completa y su sistema GNU/Linux está\n"
 "listo para ser utilizado. Simplemente haga clic sobre \"%s\" para volver a\n"
@@ -1933,27 +1647,32 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "El botón \"%s\" le muestra dos botones más:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": para crear un disquete de instalación que realizará una\n"
+" * \"%s\": le permite crear un disquete de instalación que realizará una\n"
 "instalación completa automáticamente, sin la asistencia de un operador,\n"
 "similar a la instalación que ha configurado recién.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Note que hay dos opciones diferentes disponibles después de hacer clic\n"
-"sobre el botón:\n"
+"sobre ese botón:\n"
 "\n"
-"    * \"%s\" . Esta es una instalación parcialmente automatizada. La etapa\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Esta es una instalación parcialmente automatizada. La etapa\n"
 "de particionado es el único procedimiento interactivo.\n"
 "\n"
-"    * \"%s\" . Instalación completamente automatizada: el disco rígido se\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Instalación completamente automatizada: el disco rígido se\n"
 "sobreescribe por completo, y se pierden todos los datos.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Esta característica es muy útil cuando se instala una cantidad grande de\n"
 "máquinas similares. Consulte la sección Auto install (en inglés) en nuestro\n"
 "sitio web para más información.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": guarda una lista de los paquetes seleccionados en esta\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): guarda una lista de los paquetes seleccionados en esta\n"
 "instalación. Para usar esta selección con otra instalación, inserte el\n"
 "disquete en la disquetera y comience la instalación. En el prompt, presione\n"
-"la tecla [F1], y a continuación ingrese >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<."
+"la tecla [F1], y a continuación ingrese >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< y\n"
+"presione la tecla [Intro].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Necesita un disquete formateado con FAT. Para crear uno bajo GNU/Linux\n"
+"teclee \"mformat a:\", o \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" seguido de \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -2030,8 +1749,8 @@ msgid ""
 "emergency boot situations."
 msgstr ""
 "Ahora necesita elegir qué particiones se utilizarán para la instalación de\n"
-"su sistema Mandrakelinux. Si ya se han definido particiones, ya sea por\n"
-"una instalación previa de GNU/Linux o con otra herramienta de particionado,\n"
+"su sistema Mandrakelinux. Si ya se han definido particiones, ya sea por una\n"
+"instalación previa de GNU/Linux o con otra herramienta de particionado,\n"
 "puede utilizarlas. De lo contrario, se deben definir particiones en el\n"
 "disco rígido.\n"
 "\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot
index 2fd5038bd..b603336c3 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot
@@ -5,59 +5,60 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
-"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
-"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
-"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
-"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandrakelinux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux system.\n"
 "\n"
 "Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
-"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
-"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
-"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
 "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
 "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
 "\n"
-"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
 "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
 "your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
 "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
 "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
 "a good idea to keep them.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
 "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
 "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
 "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
 "FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
-"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
-"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
 "recommended if you want to use both Mandrakelinux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
 "the same computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
 "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
-"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
-"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
-"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrakelinux system,\n"
-"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
-"choice after you confirm.\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrakelinux system, choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you won't be able to undo this operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
-"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
 "drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
 "easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
 "recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
@@ -73,8 +74,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Comme les effets du partitionnement sont irréversibles (l'ensemble du\n"
 "disque est effacé), le partitionnement est généralement intimidant et\n"
 "stressant pour un utilisateur inexpérimenté. Heureusement, un assistant a\n"
-"été prévu à cet effet. Avant de commencer, révisez vos manuels et surtout,\n"
-"prenez votre temps.\n"
+"été prévu à cet effet. Avant de commencer, lisez le reste de ce document et\n"
+"surtout, prenez votre temps.\n"
 "\n"
 "Selon la configuration de votre disque, plusieurs options sont disponibles\n"
 ":\n"
@@ -82,11 +83,11 @@ msgstr ""
 " * « %s » : cette option tentera simplement de partitionner automatiquement\n"
 "l'espace inutilisé sur votre disque. Il n'y aura pas d'autre question.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » : l' assistant a détecté une ou plusieurs partitions existant sur\n"
-"votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette option. Il vous\n"
-"sera alors demandé de choisir les points de montage associés à chacune des\n"
-"partitions. Les anciens points de montage sont sélectionnés par défaut, et\n"
-"vous devriez généralement les garder.\n"
+" * « %s » : l'assistant a détecté une ou plusieurs partitions Linux\n"
+"existant sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette\n"
+"option. Il vous sera alors demandé de choisir les points de montage\n"
+"associés à chacune des partitions. Les anciens points de montage sont\n"
+"sélectionnés par défaut, et vous devriez généralement les garder.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : si Microsoft Windows est installé sur votre disque et en prend\n"
 "toute la place vous devez faire de la place pour votre installation\n"
@@ -95,8 +96,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Le redimensionnement peut être effectué sans pertes de données, à condition\n"
 "que vous ayez préalablement défragmenté la partition Windows. Une\n"
 "sauvegarde de vos données ne fera pas de mal non plus. Cette solution est\n"
-"recommandée pour faire cohabiter Mandrakelinux and Microsoft Windows sur\n"
-"le même ordinateur.\n"
+"recommandée pour faire cohabiter Mandrakelinux et Microsoft Windows sur le\n"
+"même ordinateur.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Avant de choisir cette option, il faut comprendre qu'après cette\n"
 "procédure l'espace disponible pour Windows sera réduit. Vous aurez moins\n"
@@ -112,9 +113,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "   !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble du contenu de votre disque\n"
 "sera détruit. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: ce choix effacera tout simplement ce que contient le disque et\n"
-"recommencera à zéro. Toutes les données et les programmes présents sur le\n"
-"disque seront effacés.\n"
+" * « %s »: ce choix apparaît lorsque l'intégralité du disque dur est occupé\n"
+"par Microsoft Windows. Choisir cette option effacera tout simplement ce que\n"
+"contient le disque et recommencera à zéro. Toutes les données et les\n"
+"programmes présents sur le disque seront effacés.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble de votre disque sera effacé\n"
 "!!\n"
@@ -123,7 +125,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "prudent, car bien que plus puissante, cette option est dangereuse. Vous\n"
 "pouvez facilement perdre l'ensemble du contenu d'un disque. Donc, ne\n"
 "choisissez pas cette option si vous ne savez pas exactement ce que vous\n"
-"devez faire. Pour en savoir plus sur DiskDrake, référez vous à « Gérer ses\n"
+"devez faire. Pour en savoir plus sur DiskDrake, référez-vous à « Gérer ses\n"
 "partitions » du « Guide de démarrage »."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
@@ -132,8 +134,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Resolution\n"
 "\n"
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
 "configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
 msgstr ""
 "Résolution\n"
@@ -147,47 +149,45 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
-"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
-"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
-"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
-"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
-"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
-"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n"
-"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n"
-"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n"
-"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n"
-"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n"
-"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n"
-"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point won't be authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system won't work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you won't affect the entire system.\n"
 "\n"
 "The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
 "-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
-"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
 "this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
 "the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
 "From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
-"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n"
-"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n"
-"ones at risk.\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
 "\n"
 "Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
-"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n"
-"you have finished adding users.\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
 "\n"
 "Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
 "that user (bash by default).\n"
 "\n"
-"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user who\n"
-"can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you\n"
-"are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security),\n"
-"choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". If you are\n"
-"not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and don't care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
 msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux est un système multi-utilisateurs, ce qui signifie généralement\n"
 "que chaque utilisateur peut avoir des préférences différentes, ses propres\n"
-"fichiers, etc. Pour plus d'informations, consultez le « Guide de\n"
-"démarrage ». Contrairement à « root » qui a tous les droits, les\n"
+"fichiers, etc. Contrairement à « root » qui a tous les droits, les\n"
 "utilisateurs que vous ajouterez ici n'auront que des permissions pour agir\n"
 "sur leurs propres fichiers exclusivement. L'utilisateur / administrateur\n"
 "devrait également se créer un compte « normal ». C'est à travers cet\n"
@@ -223,119 +223,48 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Take care to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
-"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Yaboot est un chargeur de démarrage pour les équipements NewWorld\n"
-"MacIntosh. Il est capable de démarrer soit GNU/Linux, MacOS ou MacOSX,\n"
-"s'ils sont présents sur votre ordinateur bien entendu. Normalement, ces\n"
-"systèmes d'exploitation sont correctement détectés et installés. Si ce\n"
-"n'est pas le cas, vous pouvez maintenant ajouter une entrée à la main.\n"
-"Soyez prudent et choisissez les bons paramètres.\n"
-"\n"
-"Les options principales de Yaboot sont :\n"
-"\n"
-" * Message Init : un message texte apparaît l'invite de démarrage ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Périphérique de démarrage (« Boot ») : indique où vous voulez placer\n"
-"l'information nécessaire pour démarrer GNU/Linux. Généralement, il est\n"
-"préférable de créer une partition bootstrap avant l'installation pour\n"
-"contenir cette information ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Délai Open Firmware : contrairement à LILO, deux délais sont disponibles\n"
-"pour yaboot. Le premier se mesure en secondes et à cette étape, vous pouvez\n"
-"choisir entre le CD, l'amorçage OF (Open Firmware), MacOS ou Linux ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Expiration du démarrage du noyau (« Kernel Boot Timeout » : cette\n"
-"expiration de temps est similaire au délai de démarrage de LILO. Après\n"
-"avoir choisi Linux, il y aura un délai de 0,1 secondes avant que le noyau\n"
-"par défaut soit choisi ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Activer le démarrage via un CD ? : en cochant cette option, vous pourrez\n"
-"choisir l'option « C » pour démarrer avec un CD lors de la première invite\n"
-"de démarrage ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Activer le démarrage OF ? : en choisissant cette option, vous pourrez\n"
-"sélectionner la touche « N » pour activer Open Firmware lors de la première\n"
-"invite de démarrage ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * OS par défaut : vous pouvez choisir le système d'exploitation qui\n"
-"démarrera par défaut lorsque le délai de temps attribué à Open Firmware\n"
-"expire."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
 "found on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrakelinux system:\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandrakelinux system:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
-"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
-"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
-"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrakelinux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrakelinux system. Your current partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data won't be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrakelinux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
 "to Mandrakelinux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
 msgstr ""
-"Cette étape ne s'affiche que si une partition GNU/Linux a été détectée sur\n"
-"votre disque dur.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX doit maintenant savoir quel type d'installation vous désirez\n"
-"réaliser. Deux types d'installation sont proposés : Par défaut (« %s »),\n"
-"qui limite le nombre de questions à l'utilisateur au minimum ou « %s » qui\n"
-"vous permet de sélectionner individuellement chacune des composantes à\n"
-"installer. Il vous est également proposé de faire une « %s » ou une « %s »\n"
-"d'un système Mandrakelinux déjà installé :\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : Remplace l'ancien système. En fait, selon ce que votre machine\n"
-"comporte, vous pourrez garder intactes certaines des anciennes partitions\n"
-"(Linux ou autres) ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : cette classe d'installation permet de mettre à jour seulement\n"
-"les paquetages qui composent votre système Mandrakelinux. Elle conserve\n"
-"les partitions existantes, ainsi que la configuration des utilisateurs. La\n"
-"plupart des autres étapes d'une installation classique sont accessibles.\n"
-"\n"
-"La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les systèmes Mandrake\n"
-"Linux à partir de la version « 8.1 ». Essayer de lancer une mise à jour sur\n"
-"les versions antérieures à « 8.1 » n'est pas recommandé."
+"Cette étape ne s'affichera que si une partition GNU/Linux a été détectée\n"
+"sur votre disque dur.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX doit maintenant savoir si vous désirez lancer une « %s » ou une\n"
+"« %s » d'un système Mandrakelinux déjà installé :\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : remplace l'ancien système. Cependant, selon votre table de\n"
+"partition, vous pourrez éviter l'effacement de vos données existantes\n"
+"(notamment les répertoires « home »). Si vous souhaitez changer le\n"
+"partitionnement de vos disques durs, ou changer votre système de fichiers,\n"
+"vous devriez utiliser cette option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : cette classe d'installation vous permet de mettre à jour\n"
+"seulement les paquetages qui composent votre système Mandrakelinux. Elle\n"
+"conserve les partitions existantes, ainsi que la configuration des\n"
+"utilisateurs. La plupart des autres étapes d'une installation classique\n"
+"sont accessibles.\n"
+"\n"
+"La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les systèmes\n"
+"Mandrakelinux à partir de la version « 8.1 ». Essayer de lancer une mise à\n"
+"jour sur les versions antérieures à « 8.1 » n'est pas recommandé."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -404,103 +333,30 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer GRUB (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
-"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
-"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
-"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
-"default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
-"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
-"you need it, check this box.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
-"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
-"checking this box.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Be aware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrakelinux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
-"options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
-"are normally reserved for the expert user."
-msgstr ""
-"Ce dialogue permet de contrôler finement le chargeur de démarrage :\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » vous propose trois choix :\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « %s » : si vous préférez GRUB (menu texte).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « %s » : si vous préférez la version texte de LILO.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * « %s » : si vous préférez l'interface graphique.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : dans la plupart des cas, vous n'aurez pas à changer le disque\n"
-"par défaut (« %s », mais si vous le désirez, le programme d'amorce peut\n"
-"être installé sur un second disque, « %s », ou même sur une disquette,\n"
-"« %s ».\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : au redémarrage de l'ordinateur, il s'agit du temps accordé à\n"
-"l'utilisateur pour démarrer un autre système d'exploitation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s »: l'ACPI est un nouveau standard (apparu courant 2002) pour la\n"
-"gestion d'énergie, surtout pour les portables. Si vous savez que votre\n"
-"matériel est compatible ACPI cochez cette case.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s »: Si vous avez remarqué auparavant des problèmes matériels sur\n"
-"votre machine (conflits IRQ, instabilités, blocages machine, ...) vous\n"
-"pouvez essayer de désactiver l'APIC en cochant cette case.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Prenez garde, si vous décidez de ne pas installer de programme d'amorce\n"
-"(en cliquant sur « %s »), vous devez vous assurer d'avoir une méthode pour\n"
-"démarrer le système. Aussi, assurez-vous de bien savoir ce que vous faites\n"
-"si vous modifiez les options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"En cliquant sur « %s », vous aurez accès à plusieurs autres options de\n"
-"configuration. Sachez que celles-ci sont réservées aux experts en la\n"
-"matière."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrakelinux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have\n"
-"been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
-"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
-"install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
-"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+"By the time you install Mandrakelinux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
 msgstr ""
-"Au moment où vous êtes en train d'installer Mandrakelinux, il est possible\n"
-"que certains paquetages aient été mis à jour depuis la sortie du produit.\n"
-"Des bogues ont pu être corrigés, et des problèmes de sécurité résolus. Pour\n"
-"vous permettre de bénéficier de ces mises à jour, il vous est maintenant\n"
-"proposé de les télécharger depuis Internet. Choisissez « %s » si vous avez\n"
-"une connexion Internet, ou « %s » si vous préférez installer les mises à\n"
-"jour plus tard.\n"
+"Au moment où vous installez Mandrakelinux, il est possible que certains\n"
+"paquetages aient été mis à jour depuis la sortie du produit. Des bogues ont\n"
+"pu être corrigés, et des problèmes de sécurité résolus. Pour vous permettre\n"
+"de bénéficier de ces mises à jour, il vous est maintenant proposé de les\n"
+"télécharger depuis Internet. Choisissez « %s » si vous avez une connexion\n"
+"Internet, ou « %s » si vous préférez installer les mises à jour plus tard.\n"
 "\n"
 "En choisissant « %s », la liste des sites depuis lesquels les mises à jour\n"
-"peuvent être téléchargées est affichée. Choisissez le site le plus proche.\n"
-"Puis un arbre de choix des paquetages apparaît : vérifiez la sélection,\n"
-"puis cliquez sur « %s » pour télécharger et installer les mises à jour\n"
-"sélectionnées, ou « %s » pour abandonner."
+"peuvent être téléchargées est affichée. Choisissez le site le plus proche\n"
+"de chez vous. Puis un arbre de choix des paquetages apparaît : vérifiez la\n"
+"sélection, puis cliquez sur « %s » pour télécharger et installer les mises\n"
+"à jour sélectionnées, ou « %s » pour abandonner."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -509,32 +365,34 @@ msgid ""
 "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
 "WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrakelinux rely upon.\n"
 "\n"
-"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
-"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
 "\n"
 "   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
 "choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
 "   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
-"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
 "best suits your needs.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Resolution\n"
 "\n"
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
 "configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -543,31 +401,33 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 "   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
 "\n"
-"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
-"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
-"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
 "means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
-"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
 "menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
 msgstr ""
 "X (pour le système X Window) est le coeur de votre interface graphique sous\n"
 "GNU/Linux. Tous les environnements graphiques (KDE, GNOME, WindowMaker\n"
 "etc.) présents sur Mandrakelinux dépendent de X.\n"
 "\n"
 "Il vous sera présenté une liste de divers paramètres à changer pour obtenir\n"
-"un affichage optimal : Carte graphique\n"
+"un affichage optimal :\n"
 "\n"
-"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
-"cartes graphiques présentes sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
+"Carte graphique\n"
+"\n"
+"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement la\n"
+"carte graphique présente sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
 "pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre\n"
@@ -618,74 +478,81 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrakelinux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
-"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandrakelinux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
 "if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you don't have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
 "will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
-"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
-"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it is compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrakelinux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
 msgstr ""
 "Il faut choisir ici un système d'impression pour votre ordinateur. D'autres\n"
-"OSs en offrent un, Mandrakelinux en propose deux.\n"
+"OS en offrent un, Mandrakelinux en propose deux. Chaque système\n"
+"d'impression convient le mieux à certains types de configuration.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » - qui veut dire « print, don't queue », (ou, impression sans\n"
 "passer par la file d'attente) est un bon choix si votre imprimante est\n"
 "branchée directement sur votre poste et que vous voulez pouvoir arrêter\n"
 "l'impression directement en cas de problème et que vous n'avez pas\n"
-"d'imprimantes réseau. Il prendra en charge de simples cas en réseau, mais\n"
-"les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas. Choisissez\n"
-"drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml pdq si vous débutez sous Linux. Vous pourrez\n"
-"toujours changer de système plus tard avec PrinterDrake à partir du Centre\n"
-"de contrôle Mandrake en cliquant sur « %s ».\n"
+"d'imprimante réseau. Il prendra en charge de simples cas en réseau, mais\n"
+"les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas. Choisissez pdq si vous\n"
+"débutez sous Linux.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » - « Common Unix Printing System », est fabuleux autant pour une\n"
 "imprimante locale que pour imprimer à l'autre bout du monde. C'est simple\n"
 "et il peut agir comme un serveur ou un client avec l'ancien système\n"
-"d'impression « lpd ». Il s'agit d'un outil très puissant, mais les\n"
-"configurations de bases sont aussi simples que pdq. Pour émuler un serveur\n"
-"lpq, lancez le démon (« daemon ») cups-lpq. Enfin, cups offre une interface\n"
-"simple pour imprimer et choisir les imprimantes.\n"
-"\n"
-"Vous pourrez changer ultérieurement de système d'impression en lançant\n"
-"PrinterDrake depuis le Centre de contrôle Mandrake."
+"d'impression « lpd ». Il s'agit d'un outil très puissant et les\n"
+"configurations de base sont aussi simples que « pdq ». Pour émuler un\n"
+"serveur « lpd », lancez le démon (« daemon ») « cups-lpq ». Enfin, « %s »\n"
+"offre une interface simple pour imprimer et choisir les imprimantes.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous choisissez votre système d'impression maintenant et que par la\n"
+"suite vous n'en seriez pas convaincu, vous pourrez le changer\n"
+"ultérieurement en lançant PrinterDrake depuis le Centre de contrôle\n"
+"Mandrakelinux puis en cliquant sur le bouton « %s »."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrakelinux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandrakelinux, and to make it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
 "\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrakelinux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
-"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"Mandrakelinux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
-"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100% LSB-compliant.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
 "more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
@@ -695,9 +562,19 @@ msgid ""
 "interface available.\n"
 "\n"
 "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
 "working graphical desktop.\n"
@@ -707,33 +584,31 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
 "to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
-"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
-"megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
-"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
-"be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
-"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
 msgstr ""
 "C'est maintenant le moment de choisir les paquetages qui seront installés\n"
 "sur votre système. Sachez que Mandrakelinux contient plusieurs milliers de\n"
-"paquetages à installer, et qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de tous les connaître\n"
-"par coeur.\n"
+"paquetages à installer, et ces paquetages ont été rangés par groupes chacun\n"
+"correspondant à un usage particulier de l'ordinateur.\n"
 "\n"
-"Les paquetages sont regroupés en groupes chacun correspondant à une usage\n"
-"particulier de l'ordinateur. Mandrakelinux range ces groupes en quatre\n"
-"catégories. Vous pouvez mélanger des groupes de plusieurs catégories de\n"
-"sorte qu'une station de travail peut toujours proposer des applications\n"
-"pour le « %s ».\n"
+"Mandrakelinux range ces groupes en quatre catégories. Vous pouvez mélanger\n"
+"des groupes de plusieurs catégories de sorte qu'« une station de travail »\n"
+"peut toujours proposer des applications pour la catégorie « Serveur ».\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : si vous comptez utiliser votre machine ainsi, sélectionner un\n"
 "ou plusieurs groupes y correspondant.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : si votre système doit être utilisé pour la programmation,\n"
-"choisissez les groupes désirés.\n"
+"choisissez les groupes désirés. Le groupe spécial « LSB » configurera votre\n"
+"système de manière à ce qu'il corresponde le plus possible avec la Linux\n"
+"Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Si vous choisissez le groupe « LSB », cela installera aussi les séries\n"
+"de noyau « 2.4 » au lieu de celles par défaut « 2.6 ». Ceci afin d'assurer\n"
+"une compatibilité LSB maximale. Cependant, si vous ne sélectionnez pas ce\n"
+"groupe « LSB » vous aurez quand même un système presque entièrement\n"
+"compatible LSB.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : enfin, si votre système doit fonctionner en tant que serveur,\n"
 "vous pourrez sélectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n"
@@ -742,11 +617,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre système. Évidemment, il vous en faut\n"
 "au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n"
 "\n"
-"En plaçant votre souris au dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n"
-"apparaître une courte description de ce groupe. Si vous désélectionnez tous\n"
-"les groupes lors d'une installation standard (par opposition à une mise à\n"
-"jour), un dialogue apparaîtra proposant différentes options pour une\n"
-"installation minimale :\n"
+"En plaçant votre souris au-dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n"
+"apparaître une courte description de ce groupe.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vous pouvez enfin cocher l'option « %s ». Cette option est à utiliser si\n"
+"vous connaissez exactement le paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir le\n"
+"contrôle total de votre installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous avez démarré l'installation en mode « %s », vous pouvez\n"
+"« désélectionner » tous les groupes afin d'éviter l'installation de\n"
+"nouveaux programmes. Cette option est très utile pour restaurer un système\n"
+"défectueux ou le mettre à jour.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous désélectionnez tous les groupes lors d'une installation standard\n"
+"(en opposition à une mise à jour), une boîte de dialogue apparaîtra et vous\n"
+"proposera différentes options pour une installation minimale :\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : installe le moins de paquetages possible pour avoir un\n"
 "environnement de travail graphique ;\n"
@@ -757,39 +642,34 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : installera le strict minimum nécessaire pour obtenir un système\n"
 "GNU/Linux fonctionnel, en ligne de commande. Cette installation prend à peu\n"
-"près 65 Mo.\n"
-"\n"
-"Vous pouvez enfin cocher l'option « %s ». Cette option est à utiliser si\n"
-"vous connaissez exactement le paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir le\n"
-"contrôle total de votre installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous avez démarré l'installation en mode « %s », vous pouvez\n"
-"« désélectionner » tous les groupes afin d'éviter l'installation de\n"
-"nouveaux programmes. Cette option est très utile pour restaurer un système\n"
-"défectueux."
+"près 65 Mo."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "The Mandrakelinux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
 "selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
-"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
 msgstr ""
-"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mandrakelinux sont distribués\n"
-"sur plusieurs CD-ROM. Si un paquetage requis se trouve sur un autre CD-ROM,\n"
+"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mandrakelinux sont distribués sur\n"
+"plusieurs CD-ROM. Si un paquetage requis se trouve sur un autre CD-ROM,\n"
 "DrakX éjectera celui présent dans le lecteur et vous demandera d'insérer le\n"
-"CD-ROM approprié."
+"CD-ROM approprié. Si vous ne possédez pas le CD demandé, cliquez tout\n"
+"simplement sur « %s », et les paquetages correspondants ne seront pas\n"
+"installés."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
 "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
 "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
 "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
 "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
 "unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
@@ -798,55 +678,53 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
 "characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
-"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
 "\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"One caveat: don't make the password too long or too complicated because you\n"
 "must be able to remember it!\n"
 "\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
-"connect.\n"
+"The password won't be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
 "\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
 "\n"
 "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you don't know which\n"
 "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
-"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
-"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous devez prendre ici une décision cruciale pour la sécurité de votre\n"
-"système. L'utilisateur « root » est l'administrateur du système qui a tous\n"
-"les droits d'accès aux fichiers de configuration, etc. Il est donc\n"
-"impératif de choisir un mot de passe difficile à deviner (pensez aux\n"
-"systèmes prévus à cet effet qui anticipent les combinaisons communes des\n"
-"utilisateurs). DrakX vous avertira si le mot de passe entré est trop facile\n"
-"à deviner. Comme vous pouvez le voir, il est également possible de ne pas\n"
-"entrer de mot de passe. Nous déconseillons fortement cette pratique. Comme\n"
-"l'erreur est humaine, un utilisateur avec tous les droits peut tout\n"
-"détruire sur votre système, c'est pourquoi le mot de passe doit agir comme\n"
-"barrière à l'entrée.\n"
+"système GNU/Linux : vous devez entrer un mot de passe « root ».\n"
+"L'utilisateur « root » est l'administrateur du système qui a tous les\n"
+"droits d'accès aux fichiers de configuration, etc. Il est donc impératif de\n"
+"choisir un mot de passe difficile à deviner (pensez aux systèmes prévus à\n"
+"cet effet qui anticipent les combinaisons communes des utilisateurs). DrakX\n"
+"vous avertira si le mot de passe entré est trop facile à deviner. Comme\n"
+"vous pouvez le voir, il est également possible de ne pas entrer de mot de\n"
+"passe. Nous déconseillons fortement cette pratique. Comme l'erreur est\n"
+"humaine, un utilisateur avec tous les droits peut tout détruire sur votre\n"
+"système, c'est pourquoi le mot de passe doit agir comme barrière à\n"
+"l'entrée.\n"
 "\n"
 "Le mot de passe choisi devrait contenir au moins 8 caractères\n"
-"alphanumériques. Ne jamais écrire un mot de passe, forcez-vous à vous en\n"
-"souvenir par coeur. Il faut donc ménager accessibilité et mémoire, donc un\n"
-"mot de passe de 30 caractères est presque impossible à mémoriser.\n"
+"alphanumériques. Ne jamais écrire le mot de passe « root », forcez-vous à\n"
+"vous en souvenir par coeur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ne choisissez pas de mot de passe trop long ou trop compliqué, ménagez\n"
+"accessibilité et mémoire : un mot de passe de 30 caractères est presque\n"
+"impossible à mémoriser.\n"
 "\n"
 "Afin d'éviter les regards indiscrets, le mot de passe n'apparaîtra pas à\n"
 "l'écran. Il vous faudra donc l'inscrire deux fois afin d'éviter les erreurs\n"
 "de frappe. Évidemment, si vous faites deux fois la même erreur, celle-ci\n"
 "sera sauvegardée et vous devrez la reproduire afin d'accéder à votre\n"
-"système pour la première fois.\n"
-"\n"
-"En mode expert, on vous demandera si vous comptez vous connecter sur un\n"
-"serveur d'authentification, tel que NIS ou LDAP. Si votre réseau utilise un\n"
-"de ces protocoles, il faut le sélectionner. Si vous n'en avez aucune idée,\n"
-"demandez à votre administrateur réseau.\n"
+"système pour la première fois en tant qu'administrateur.\n"
 "\n"
 "Si vous souhaitez que l'accès à cette machine soit contrôlé par un serveur\n"
 "d'authentification, cliquez sur le bouton « %s ».\n"
@@ -880,98 +758,94 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
 "\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
 "\n"
 "!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
 "chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
 "installed. By default Mandrakelinux will automatically start any installed\n"
 "services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
 "security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrakelinux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
+"finalized. If you don't know what a particular service is supposed to do or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
 "\n"
 "The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
 "whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each them such\n"
-"that installation of one package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
 "package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
 "have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
 msgstr ""
 "Enfin, si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les paquetages\n"
 "à installer, DrakX vous présentera un arbre contenant tous les paquetages,\n"
-"classés par groupes et sous-groupes. En naviguant à travers l'arbre, vous\n"
+"classés par groupes et sous-groupes. En navigant à travers l'arbre, vous\n"
 "pouvez sélectionner des groupes, des sous-groupes ou des paquetages\n"
 "individuels.\n"
 "\n"
 "Dès que vous sélectionnez un paquetage dans l'arbre, une description\n"
-"apparaît à droite. Une fois votre sélection terminée, cliquez sur « %s »\n"
-"pour lancer le processus. Soyez patient, car en fonction du type\n"
-"d'installation choisi ou du nombre de paquetages sélectionnés, le temps\n"
-"requis peut être substantiellement différent. Une estimation du temps\n"
-"requis est présentée sur l'écran en cours d'opération afin de vous\n"
-"permettre d'évaluer de combien de temps vous disposez pour prendre votre\n"
-"déjeuner.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Si un logiciel serveur a été sélectionné, vous devrez confirmer que vous\n"
-"voulez vraiment que celui-ci soit installé. Sous Mandrake, par défaut, tous\n"
-"les serveurs installés sont lancés au démarrage. Malgré tous les efforts\n"
-"investis pour vous livrer une distribution Linux sécurisée, il est possible\n"
-"que certaines failles de sécurité affectent les serveurs installés au-delà\n"
-"de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas précisément à quoi sert un\n"
-"serveur en particulier ou pourquoi il est installé, cliquez sur « %s ». En\n"
-"cliquant sur « %s », le serveur sera installé et le service rendu\n"
-"disponible au démarrage. !!\n"
+"apparaît à droite.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Si un paquetage serveur a été sélectionné, vous devrez confirmer que\n"
+"vous voulez vraiment que celui-ci soit installé. Sous Mandrakelinux , par\n"
+"défaut, tous les services installés sont lancés au démarrage. Malgré tous\n"
+"les efforts investis pour vous livrer une distribution Linux sécurisée, il\n"
+"est possible que certaines failles de sécurité affectent les serveurs\n"
+"installés au-delà de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas\n"
+"précisément à quoi sert un service en particulier ou pourquoi il est\n"
+"installé, cliquez sur « %s ». En cliquant sur « %s », le serveur sera\n"
+"installé et le service rendu disponible au démarrage. !!\n"
 "\n"
 "L'option « %s » désactive les avertissements qui apparaissent à chaque fois\n"
-"que l'installeur sélectionne un nouveau paquetage. Ces avertissements\n"
-"surviennent parce que DrakX a déterminé que pour qu'un paquetage soit\n"
-"fonctionnel, il lui en faut un autre dont il est dépendant.\n"
+"que l'installeur sélectionne un nouveau paquetage. Parfois, pour qu'un\n"
+"paquetage soit fonctionnel, il faut en installer un autre dont il est\n"
+"dépendant. DrakX détermine ces dépendances entre paquetages pour une\n"
+"installation complète.\n"
 "\n"
 "La petite icône de disquette qui apparaît au bas de la liste permet de\n"
 "récupérer une liste de paquetages sélectionnés durant une autre\n"
 "installation. En cliquant dessus, on vous demandera d'insérer la disquette\n"
-"créée lors d'une installation précédente. Voir la deuxième note de la\n"
+"créée lors d'une installation précédente. Voir la deuxième astuce de la\n"
 "dernière étape afin de savoir comment créer une telle disquette."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"LILO and GRUB are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
 "\n"
 " * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
-"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
-" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
 "\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
-"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+"If DrakX can't determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" won't install any boot loader. Use this option only if you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
 msgstr ""
-"LILO et GRUB sont deux programmes d'amorce pour GNU/Linux. Cette étape est\n"
-"normalement complètement automatique. En fait, DrakX analyse le secteur de\n"
-"démarrage (« master boot record ») et agit en fonction de ce qu'il peut y\n"
-"lire :\n"
+"Un programme d'amorce est un petit programme qui est lancé par le machine\n"
+"au démarrage. Il est en charge du démarrage du sytème. Normalement,\n"
+"l'installation d'un programme d'amorce est complètement automatique. DrakX\n"
+"analyse le secteur de démarrage (« master boot record ») et agit en\n"
+"fonction de ce qu'il peut y lire :\n"
 "\n"
 " * si un secteur de démarrage Windows est détecté, il sera remplacé par\n"
 "GRUB/LILO. Donc, vous serez capable de démarrer GNU/Linux ou tout autre\n"
@@ -1024,124 +898,36 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
-"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez ajouter des entrées supplémentaires au menu yaboot, soit pour\n"
-"d'autres systèmes d'exploitation, des noyaux alternatifs, ou pour des\n"
-"images de démarrage en cas de problème.\n"
-"\n"
-"Pour les autres OS, l'entrée n'est constituée que d'une étiquette et d'une\n"
-"partition « root ».\n"
-"\n"
-"Pour Linux, quelques options sont disponibles :\n"
-"\n"
-" * Étiquette : c'est simplement le nom que vous devrez taper lors de\n"
-"l'invite yaboot pour choisir cette option de démarrage ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image : c'est le nom de l'image noyau à démarrer. Généralement, on\n"
-"utilise vmlinux ou une variante de vmlinux avec une extension ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root : le périphérique « root » ou « / » pour votre installation Linux ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Adjonction (« Append ») : sur le matériel Apple, l'option d'adjonction\n"
-"noyau est utilisée assez souvent afin d'aider à l'initialisation de\n"
-"matériel vidéo ou pour permettre l'émulation de la souris clavier, vu que\n"
-"les souris Apple n'ont souvent qu'un bouton. Voici quelques exemples :\n"
-"\n"
-"   	    video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"   	    video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-"   	 \n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd : cette option peut être utilisée pour charger des modules\n"
-"initiaux avant que le périphérique de démarrage ne soit disponible, ou pour\n"
-"charger une image de disque virtuel (« ramdisk ») dans le cas où une\n"
-"situation de démarrage d'urgence surviendrait ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size : la taille par défaut de l'image de disque virtuel est\n"
-"normalement 4 096 octets. Si vous avez besoin d'un grand espace de disque\n"
-"virtuel, cette option peut être utilisée ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Lecture-écriture : normalement, la partition « root » est montée en\n"
-"« lecture seulement » pour permettre une vérification du système de\n"
-"fichiers avant que le système ne soit « live ». Vous pouvez changer ces\n"
-"options dans cette section ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo : si le matériel vidéo Apple devait très mal fonctionner, vous\n"
-"pouvez sélectionner cette option pour démarrer en mode « novideo », avec\n"
-"une prise en charge native de la mémoire d'image (« frame buffer ») ;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Défaut : sélectionne cette entrée en tant que choix Linux par défaut. En\n"
-"tapant sur ENTRÉE lors de l'invite de yaboot, vous y accéderez\n"
-"automatiquement. Cette entrée sera mise en évidence par le biais d'une\n"
-"astérisque (« * ») et si vous cliquez sur la touche [Tab], vous verrez\n"
-"toutes les sélections de démarrage possibles."
+"« %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n"
+"remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n"
+"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour\n"
+"choisir un pilote différent ."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
-"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
-"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
 "\n"
 "Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
 "be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
-"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
-"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
-"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
 "\n"
 "About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
-"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
-"still under development. For that reason, Mandrakelinux will be using it\n"
-"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrakelinux's use of UTF-8 will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
 "\n"
-" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
 "languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
 "iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1150,45 +936,45 @@ msgid ""
 " * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
 "the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
 "\n"
-" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
-"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
-"chosen.\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
 "\n"
 "Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
-"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
-"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will also be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
-"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
-"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
-"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
 msgstr ""
 "La première étape consiste à choisir votre langue.\n"
 "\n"
-"Le choix de la langue sera appliqué à la documentation, l'installation et\n"
-"le système en général. Commencez par choisir la région où vous vous situez,\n"
-"puis la langue que vous parlez.\n"
+"Le choix de la langue sera appliqué au programme d'installation, à la\n"
+"documentation et au système en général. Commencez par choisir la région où\n"
+"vous vous situez, puis la langue que vous parlez.\n"
 "\n"
 "En cliquant sur « %s », le programme vous proposera également des langues\n"
-"complémentaires pouvant être installées sur votre station de travail. En\n"
+"complémentaires pouvant être installées sur votre poste de travail. En\n"
 "choisissant des langues supplémentaires, le programme vous installera toute\n"
 "la documentation et les applications nécessaires à l'utilisation de ces\n"
 "langues. Par exemple, si vous prévoyez d'accueillir des utilisateurs\n"
 "d'Espagne sur votre machine, choisissez le français comme langue principale\n"
 "dans l'arborescence, et « %s », dans la section avancée.\n"
 "\n"
-"À propos de l'encodage UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode est un nouveau système\n"
-"d'encodage des caractères censé couvrir tous les langages existants.\n"
+"À propos de l'encodage UTF-8 (unicode) : Unicode est un nouveau système\n"
+"d'encodage des caractères censé couvrir tous les langues existantes.\n"
 "Cependant son intégration dans GNU/Linux est encore imparfaite. Pour cette\n"
 "raison, Mandrakelinux l'utilisera ou non selon les critères suivants :\n"
 "\n"
 " * Si vous choisissez une langue avec un encodage ayant une longue histoire\n"
-"(langages associés à « latin1 », Russe, Japonais, Chinois, Coréen, Thaï,\n"
-"Grec, Turc, et la plupart des langages « iso-8859-2 »), l'encodage\n"
+"(langues associées à « latin1 », Russe, Japonais, Chinois, Coréen, Thaï,\n"
+"Grec, Turc, et la plupart des langues « iso-8859-2 »), l'encodage\n"
 "historique sera utilisé;\n"
 "\n"
-" * Les autres langages entraîneront l'utilisation d'unicode par défaut;\n"
+" * Les autres langues entraîneront l'utilisation d'unicode par défaut;\n"
 "\n"
 " * Si vous demandez l'installation de plus d'une langue, et que ces langues\n"
 "n'utilisent pas le même encodage, alors unicode sera utilisé pour tout le\n"
@@ -1210,50 +996,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
-"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
-"driver."
-msgstr ""
-"« %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n"
-"remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n"
-"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en\n"
-"choisir une autre."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
-"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
-"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
-"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
-"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
-"changes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
-"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
-"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
-"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
-"operating systems!"
-msgstr ""
-"Après avoir configuré les paramètres généraux de LILO ou GRUB la liste des\n"
-"options de démarrage sera rendue disponible au démarrage.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si d'autres systèmes d'exploitation sont détectés, il seront\n"
-"automatiquement ajoutés au menu démarrage. Vous pouvez ici affiner votre\n"
-"configuration. Cliquez sur « %s » pour créer une nouvelle entrée ;\n"
-"Choisissez une entrée et cliquez « %s » pour l'éditer, ou « %s » pour\n"
-"l'enlever. « %s » validera vos changements.\n"
-"\n"
-"Il est possible que vous vouliez limiter l'accès à ce système\n"
-"d'exploitation. Il vous suffit de retirer l'entrée dans les options de\n"
-"démarrage et démarrer ce système avec une disquette."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
 "and will not be recoverable!"
@@ -1267,8 +1009,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
 "wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
-"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
-"similar to the one used during installation."
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
 msgstr ""
 "« %s » : en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression sera\n"
 "démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage » pour\n"
@@ -1280,10 +1022,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
 msgstr ""
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1295,89 +1037,94 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
-"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you don't know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandrakelinux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
 msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez le bon port. Par exemple: l'équivalent du port « COM1 » sur\n"
-"Windows, se nomme « ttyS0 » sous GNU/Linux."
+"À cette étape, DrakX vous permettra de déterminer le niveau de sécurité\n"
+"requis par votre système. Il se détermine en fonction de l'exposition du\n"
+"système à d'autres utilisateurs (s'il est connecté directement sur\n"
+"Internet, par exemple) et selon le niveau de sensibilité de l'information\n"
+"contenue dans le système. Sachez toutefois que plus la sécurité d'un\n"
+"système est élevée, plus il est complexe à utiliser.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la sélection par défaut.\n"
+"Vous pourrez le modifier ultérieurement avec l'outil draksec, qui se trouve\n"
+"dans le Mandrakelinux Control Center\n"
+"\n"
+"Remplissez le champ « %s » avec l'adresse électronique de l'utilisateur qui\n"
+"sera responsable de la sécurité. Les messages de sécurité lui seront\n"
+"adressés."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
-"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who\n"
-"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
-"address."
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
 msgstr ""
-"À cette étape, vous devrez déterminer le niveau de sécurité requis par\n"
-"votre système. Le niveau de sécurité requis se détermine en fonction de\n"
-"l'exposition du système à d'autres utilisateurs (s'il est connecté\n"
-"directement sur Internet par exemple) et selon le niveau de sensibilité de\n"
-"l'information contenue dans le système. Sachez que, de manière générale,\n"
-"plus la sécurité d'un système est élevée, plus il est complexe à utiliser.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la sélection par défaut.\n"
-"\n"
-"Le champ « %s » sert à indiquer l'utilisateur sur le système qui sera\n"
-"responsable de la sécurité. Les messages de sécurité lui seront adressés."
+"Sélectionnez le bon port. Par exemple: l'équivalent du port « COM1 » sur\n"
+"Windows, se nomme « ttyS0 » sous GNU/Linux."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
-"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
-"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
-"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
-"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
 "necessary.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"isn't in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
 "country list.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
 "you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
 "correct.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
-"change it if necessary.\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
 "configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
-"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it isn't\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
-"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that doesn't suit you, click on\n"
 "\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
-"configure it manually.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
-"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
-"card.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center after the installation has finished to benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
-"now.\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
 "previous step ().\n"
@@ -1387,28 +1134,31 @@ msgid ""
 "the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
 "firewall settings.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
-"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
 "on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
 "idea to review this setup."
 msgstr ""
 "On vous présente ici diverses informations sur la configuration actuelle.\n"
 "Selon le matériel installé, certaines entrées seront présentes et d'autres\n"
-"pas. Chaque paramètre est constitué du nom de la configuration, suivi d'un\n"
+"pas. Chaque paramètre est constitué du nom du matériel installé, suivi d'un\n"
 "cours résumé de la configuration actuelle. Cliquez sur le bouton « %s »\n"
-"correspondant pour changer cela.\n"
+"correspondant pour effectuer un changement.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: vérifiez la configuration choisie pour le clavier.\n"
+" * « %s » : vérifiez la configuration choisie pour le clavier.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » : vérifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans\n"
+" * « %s » : vérifiez la sélection du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans\n"
 "ce pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays\n"
 "ne se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n"
 "liste complète.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: DrakX, par défaut, configure le fuseau horaire selon le pays\n"
-"dans lequel vous vous trouvez.\n"
+"dans lequel vous vous trouvez. Cliquez sur le bouton « %s » si ce n'est pas\n"
+"le bon.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: pour vérifier la configuration actuelle de la souris. Cliquez\n"
 "sur le bouton pour modifier les options.\n"
@@ -1420,23 +1170,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : si une carte son a été détectée, elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous\n"
 "remarquez que la carte configurée n'est pas celle qui se trouve\n"
-"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en\n"
-"choisir une autre.\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » : par défaut, DrakX configure votre interface graphique avec une\n"
-"résolution de « 800x600 » ou « 1024x768 ». Si cela ne vous convient pas,\n"
-"cliquez sur « %s » pour changer la configuration de votre interface\n"
-"graphique.\n"
+"effectivement sur votre système, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour\n"
+"choisir un pilote différent .\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : si une carte d'entrée/sortie vidéo (carte TV) a été détectée,\n"
 "elle apparaîtra ici. Si vous avez une carte TV et qu'elle n'a pas été\n"
 "détectée, cliquez sur ce bouton pour la configurer à la main.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : si une carte RNIS (ISDN) est détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n"
-"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en modifier les paramètres.\n"
+"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton « %s » pour en modifier les paramètres si\n"
+"vous estimez que la configuration actuelle est inexacte.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » : par défaut, DrakX configure votre interface graphique avec une\n"
+"résolution de « 800x600 » ou « 1024x768 ». Si cela ne vous convient pas,\n"
+"cliquez sur « %s » pour changer la configuration de votre interface\n"
+"graphique.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : si vous souhaitez configurer votre accès Internet ou réseau\n"
-"local dès maintenant.\n"
+"local dès maintenant. Lisez la documentation fournie ou éxécutez\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center après l'installation pour avoir droit à une\n"
+"aide complète en ligne.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s »: permet de configurer les adresses proxy HTTP et FTP si la\n"
+"machine que vous installez se trouve derrière un serveur proxy.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : il vous est ici proposé de redéfinir votre niveau de sécurité\n"
 "tel que défini dans une étape précédente ().\n"
@@ -1447,7 +1203,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "pour plus de renseignements.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : si vous souhaitez changer la configuration par défaut de votre\n"
-"chargeur de démarrage. À réserver aux utilisateurs expérimentés.\n"
+"chargeur de démarrage. À réserver aux utilisateurs expérimentés. Lisez la\n"
+"documentation fournie ou l'aide en ligne sur la configuration de chargeur\n"
+"de démarrage présente dans Mandrakelinux Control Center.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : vous pourrez ici contrôler finement les services disponibles\n"
 "sur votre machine. Si vous envisagez de monter un serveur, c'est une bonne\n"
@@ -1457,7 +1215,7 @@ msgstr ""
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
-"or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
 "suits your needs."
 msgstr ""
 "Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre carte,\n"
@@ -1470,62 +1228,75 @@ msgid ""
 "Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
 "mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
 "configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
 "right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
 "a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
 "\n"
-"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
-"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
-"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
-"mouse up and down.\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
 "\n"
 "If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
 "from the list provided.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
 "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
 "correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
 "\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
 "select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
 "the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
-"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
-"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
-"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
-"mouse."
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
 msgstr ""
 "DrakX détecte généralement le nombre de boutons de votre souris. Sinon, il\n"
 "prend pour acquis que vous avez une souris à deux boutons et configurera\n"
-"l'émulation du troisième bouton. De plus, DrakX saura automatiquement si\n"
-"vous avez une souris PS/2, série ou USB.\n"
+"l'émulation du troisième bouton. Le troisième bouton correspond aux clics\n"
+"simultanés du bouton gauche et du bouton droit de la souris. De plus, DrakX\n"
+"saura automatiquement si vous avez une souris PS/2, série ou USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si vous avez une souris à trois boutons sans molette, vous pouvez choisir\n"
+"une souris « %s ». DrakX configurera alors la souris de manière à simuler\n"
+"une molette : pour ce faire, cliquez sur le bouton du milieu et faites\n"
+"bouger votre souris de haut en bas.\n"
 "\n"
 "Si vous désirez installer une souris différente, veuillez la sélectionner à\n"
 "partir de la liste qui vous est proposée.\n"
 "\n"
+"Vous pouvez sélectionner une souris « %s » qu'elle soit PS/2 ou USB pour\n"
+"choisir un type de souris générique qui fonctionne avec presque tout.\n"
+"\n"
 "Si vous sélectionnez une souris différente de celle choisie par défaut,\n"
 "DrakX vous présentera un écran de test. Utilisez les boutons et la molette\n"
 "pour vous assurer que tout fonctionne correctement. Si votre souris ne\n"
-"fonctionne pas normalement, appuyez sur la barre d'espacement ou la touche\n"
+"fonctionne pas normalement, appuyez sur la barre d'espace ou la touche\n"
 "[Entrée] pour annuler le test et retourner à la liste de choix de la\n"
 "souris.\n"
 "\n"
-"Parfois, les souris à roulette ne sont pas détectées. Vous devrez alors\n"
-"sélectionner manuellement une souris dans la liste. Assurez vous de choisir\n"
-"celle qui correspond à votre modèle et au bon port de connexion. Après\n"
-"avoir pressé le bouton « %s », une image de souris apparaît. Vous devez\n"
-"alors faire tourner la molette afin de l'activer correctement. Testez alors\n"
-"que tous les mouvements et boutons fonctionnent correctement."
+"Parfois, les souris à molette ne sont pas détectées automatiquement, vous\n"
+"devrez alors sélectionner manuellement une souris dans la liste. Assurez\n"
+"vous de choisir celle qui correspond au bon port de connexion. Après avoir\n"
+"sélectionné la souris et pressé le bouton « %s », une image de souris\n"
+"apparaît. Vous devez alors faire tourner la molette afin de l'activer\n"
+"correctement. Après activation, vous verrez la molette de l'écran bouger.\n"
+"Testez alors que tous les mouvements et boutons fonctionnent correctement."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
-"covers the entire Mandrakelinux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
-"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
-"will reboot your computer."
+"covers the entire Mandrakelinux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
 msgstr ""
 "Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommandé de lire attentivement\n"
 "les termes et conditions d'utilisation de la licence. Celle-ci régit\n"
@@ -1539,17 +1310,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Graphic Card\n"
 "\n"
 "   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
 "choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
 "   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
-"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
 "best suits your needs."
 msgstr ""
 "Carte graphique\n"
 "\n"
-"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
-"cartes graphiques présentes sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
+"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement la\n"
+"carte graphique présente sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
 "pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre\n"
@@ -1559,74 +1330,21 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
-"Mandrakelinux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
-"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
-"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
-"button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
-"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"About Winmodem Connection. Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems\n"
-"that require additional software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of\n"
-"those modems actually work under Mandrakelinux, some others do not. You\n"
-"can consult the list of supported modems at LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Si vous désirez connecter votre système à un réseau ou à Internet, cliquez\n"
-"sur « %s ». L'auto-détection des périphériques réseau et modem sera alors\n"
-"lancée. Si cette détection échoue, décochez la case « %s ». Vous pouvez\n"
-"aussi choisir de ne pas configurer le réseau, ou de le faire plus tard.\n"
-"Dans ce cas, cliquez simplement sur « %s ».\n"
-"\n"
-"Les types de connexion supportées sont : modem téléphonique, Winmodem,\n"
-"modem ISDN, connexion ADSL, modem câble ou simplement LAN (réseau\n"
-"Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"Nous ne détaillerons pas ici chacune des configurations possibles.\n"
-"Assurez-vous seulement que vous avez toutes les informations de votre\n"
-"fournisseur de service Internet à portée de main.\n"
-"\n"
-"À propos des Winmodems Les Winmodems sont des modems de bas de gamme\n"
-"généralement intégrés à la carte mère de l'ordinateur qui ont besoin d'un\n"
-"logiciel additionnel pour fonctionner par rapport aux modems standards.\n"
-"Certains de ces modems fonctionnent avec Mandrakelinux, d'autres non. Vous\n"
-"pouvez consulter la liste des modems pris en charge chez LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"Vous pouvez consulter le chapitre du « Guide de démarrage » concernant les\n"
-"connexions à Internet pour plus de détails à propos des configurations\n"
-"spécifiques de chaque type de connexion. Vous pouvez également configurer\n"
-"votre connexion à Internet une fois l'installation terminée."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
 "time.\n"
 "\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which aren't needed at boot\n"
 "time.\n"
 "\n"
 "A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
 "it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
 "\n"
 "!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
+"server: you probably don't want to start any services which you don't need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
 msgstr ""
 "Vous pouvez maintenant choisir les services disponibles au démarrage de\n"
 "votre système.\n"
@@ -1641,16 +1359,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "!! À cette étape, soyez particulièrement attentif dans le cas d'un système\n"
 "destiné à agir comme serveur. Dans ce cas, vous voudrez probablement\n"
-"permettre exclusivement les services nécessaires. !!"
+"permettre exclusivement les services nécessaires. Souvenez-vous que\n"
+"certains services peuvent s'avérer dangereux s'il sont activés sur un\n"
+"serveur. En général, n'installez que les services dont vous avez absolument\n"
+"besoin. !!"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
 msgstr ""
 "Moniteur\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1667,27 +1388,28 @@ msgid ""
 "motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
 "\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
 "hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
-"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
 "\n"
-"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
-"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
-"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
-"other machines on your local network as well."
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
 msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (« Greenwich Mean Time ») et la\n"
 "convertit en temps local selon le fuseau horaire choisi. Il est néanmoins\n"
 "possible de désactiver cela en désélectionnant « %s » de façon à ce que\n"
-"l'horloge matérielle soit la même que celle du système. Cela est\n"
-"particulièrement utile si la machine accueille un autre système\n"
-"d'exploitation tel que Windows.\n"
+"GNU/Linux sache que l'horloge matérielle est la même que celle du système.\n"
+"Cela est particulièrement utile si la machine accueille un autre système\n"
+"d'exploitation.\n"
 "\n"
 "La « %s » permet de régler l'heure automatiquement en se connectant à un\n"
 "serveur de temps sur Internet. Dans la liste qui est alors présentée,\n"
-"choisissez un serveur géographiquement proche de vous. Vous devez avoir une\n"
-"connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne bien entendu. Cela installera\n"
-"en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps local qui pourra, en option,\n"
-"être lui-même utilisé par d'autres machines de votre réseau local."
+"choisissez un serveur géographiquement proche de vous. Vous devez bien\n"
+"entendu avoir une connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne. Cela\n"
+"installera en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps local qui pourra,\n"
+"en option, être lui-même utilisé par d'autres machines de votre réseau\n"
+"local."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1760,12 +1482,11 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list."
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country isn't in the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
 msgstr ""
-"« %s » : vérifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n"
+"« %s » : vérifiez la sélection du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n"
 "pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays ne\n"
 "se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n"
 "liste complète."
@@ -1773,37 +1494,30 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
 "\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
 "partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you don't have to reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
 "\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"won't be able to recover it.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
 "\n"
 "Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux operating system installation.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
 "bad blocks on the disk."
 msgstr ""
-"Les partitions ayant été nouvellement définies doivent être formatées (ce\n"
-"qui implique la création d'un système de fichiers).\n"
-"\n"
-"Lors de cette étape, vous pouvez reformater des partitions existantes pour\n"
-"effacer les données présentes. Vous devrez alors également les\n"
-"sélectionner.\n"
+"Si vous choisissez de réutiliser des partitions GNU/Linux existantes, vous\n"
+"pouvez en reformater quelques unes et effacer les données présentes. Vous\n"
+"devrez alors les sélectionner.\n"
 "\n"
 "Sachez qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de reformater toutes les partitions\n"
 "existantes. Vous devez formater les partitions contenant le système\n"
@@ -1815,7 +1529,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "Cliquez sur « %s » lorsque vous êtes prêt à formater les partitions.\n"
 "\n"
-"Cliquez sur « %s » pour ajouter ou enlever une partition à formater.\n"
+"Cliquez sur « %s » pour choisir une autre partition où installer votre\n"
+"nouveau système d'exploitation Mandrakelinux.\n"
 "\n"
 "Cliquer sur « %s » si vous désirez sélectionner des partitions pour une\n"
 "vérification des secteurs défectueux (« Bad Blocks »)."
@@ -1823,58 +1538,58 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
-"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the\n"
-"selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
 "\n"
-"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
 "language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
 "have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
 "you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
-"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"country-set keyboard don't match. In either case, this installation step\n"
 "will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
 "keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
 msgstr ""
-"Selon la langue principale que vous avez choisie à l'étape , DrakX\n"
-"sélectionne le clavier approprié. Vérifiez que cela correspond\n"
+"Selon la langue principale que vous avez choisie précédemment (), DrakX\n"
+"sélectionnera le clavier approprié. Vérifiez que cela correspond\n"
 "effectivement à votre configuration de clavier ou choisissez une autre\n"
 "configuration dans la liste.\n"
 "\n"
 "Cela dit, il est possible que vous ayez un clavier ne correspondant pas\n"
 "exactement à votre langue d'utilisation. Par exemple, si vous habitez le\n"
 "Québec et parlez le français et l'anglais, vous pouvez vous trouver dans la\n"
-"situation où votre language et votre configuration de clavier ne sont pas\n"
-"les même. Dans ces cas, cette étape vous permet de sélectionner un autre\n"
+"situation où votre langue et votre configuration de clavier ne sont pas les\n"
+"mêmes. Dans ces cas, cette étape vous permet de sélectionner un autre\n"
 "clavier à partir de la liste.\n"
 "\n"
 "Cliquez sur « %s » pour voir toutes les options proposées.\n"
 "\n"
-"Si vous choisissez un clavier basé sur un alphabet non-latin, on vous\n"
-"demandera au prochain écran de choisir la combinaison de touches permettant\n"
-"d'alterner entre ceux-ci."
+"Si vous choisissez un clavier basé sur un alphabet non-latin, il vous sera\n"
+"demandé de choisir la combinaison de touches permettant d'alterner entre\n"
+"ceux-ci au prochain écran."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
-"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
 "should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
-"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
 "\n"
 "The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
-"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
-"the installation you just configured.\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
 "\n"
-"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
 "\n"
 "    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
 "step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
@@ -1882,13 +1597,18 @@ msgid ""
 "    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
 "rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
 "\n"
-"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
-"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n"
-"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n"
-"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
 msgstr ""
 "Votre installation de Mandrakelinux est maintenant terminée et votre\n"
 "système est prêt à être utilisé. Cliquez sur « %s » pour redémarrer votre\n"
@@ -1897,7 +1617,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ait fait ses propres tests matériels est le menu de démarrage, permettant\n"
 "de démarrer tous les systèmes présents sur votre machine.\n"
 "\n"
-"Le bouton « %s » (en mode Expert uniquement) permet deux autres options :\n"
+"Le bouton « %s » permet deux autres options :\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: Pour créer une disquette d'installation qui permettra de\n"
 "reproduire l'installation que vous venez de réaliser sans l'aide d'un\n"
@@ -1912,13 +1632,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "    * « %s ». Complètement automatique, cette installation reformate le\n"
 "disque au complet.\n"
 "\n"
-"   Cette fonctionnalité est particulièrement pratique pour l'installation\n"
-"de multiples systèmes. Voir la section Auto install de notre site Internet.\n"
+"   Cette fonctionnalité est pratique pour l'installation de multiples\n"
+"systèmes. Voir la section Auto install de notre site Internet.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » (*) sauvegarde la sélection des paquetages installés. Puis,\n"
+"lorsque vous ferez une autre installation, insérez la disquette dans le\n"
+"lecteur et accédez au menu d'aide en tapant [F1], entrez la commande\n"
+"suivante : « linux defcfg=\"floppy\" »et appuyez sur la touche [Entrée].\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » sauvegarde la sélection des paquetages installés. Puis, lorsque\n"
-"vous ferez une autre installation, insérez la disquette dans le lecteur et\n"
-"accédez au menu d'aide en tapant [F1], et entrez la commande suivante :\n"
-"« linux defcfg=\"floppy\" »."
+"(*) Vous avez besoin d'une disquette formatée avec FAT (pour la créer sous\n"
+"Linux, tapez « mformat a: » ou « fdformat /dev/fd0 » suivi de « mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0 »)"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1995,10 +1719,9 @@ msgid ""
 "emergency boot situations."
 msgstr ""
 "À cette étape, vous devez sélectionner quelle partition sera utilisée pour\n"
-"votre système Mandrakelinux. Si votre disque est déjà partitionné, soit\n"
-"par une autre installation GNU/Linux ou par un autre outil de\n"
-"partitionnement, vous pourrez les utiliser. Sinon, les partitions devront\n"
-"être créées.\n"
+"votre système Mandrakelinux. Si votre disque est déjà partitionné, soit par\n"
+"une autre installation GNU/Linux ou par un autre outil de partitionnement,\n"
+"vous pourrez les utiliser. Sinon, les partitions devront être créées.\n"
 "\n"
 "Pour créer une partition, vous devez d'abord sélectionner le disque à\n"
 "utiliser. Vous pouvez le sélectionner en cliquant sur « hda » pour le\n"
@@ -2061,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " * Ctrl-m pour définir le « mount point »\n"
 "\n"
 "Pour obtenir plus d'information sur les systèmes de fichiers, veuillez lire\n"
-"sur le système de fichier ext2FS dans « Manuel de référence ».\n"
+"sur le système de fichier ext2FS dans « Manuel de Référence ».\n"
 "\n"
 "Si vous installez sur un poste PPC, vous devrez créer une petite partition\n"
 "HFS « bootstrap » d'au moins 1 Mo qui sera utilisée par le chargeur de\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
index d2d5247ce..ec0561f03 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
@@ -5,59 +5,60 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
-"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
-"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
-"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
-"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandrakelinux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux system.\n"
 "\n"
 "Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
-"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
-"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
-"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
 "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
 "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
 "\n"
-"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
 "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
 "your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
 "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
 "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
 "a good idea to keep them.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
 "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
 "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
 "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
 "FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
-"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
-"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
 "recommended if you want to use both Mandrakelinux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
 "the same computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
 "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
-"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
-"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
-"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrakelinux system,\n"
-"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
-"choice after you confirm.\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrakelinux system, choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you won't be able to undo this operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
-"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
 "drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
 "easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
 "recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
@@ -73,10 +74,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Mandrakelinux.\n"
 "\n"
 "Dato che gli effetti del partizionamento sono di solito irreversibili, e\n"
-"possono causare la perdita di dati se sul disco rigido è già installato un\n"
-"altro sistema operativo, questa operazione può intimidire e rivelarsi\n"
-"stressante per un utente inesperto. Per fortuna DrakX mette a vostra\n"
-"disposizione un assistente che semplifica questa procedura. Prima di\n"
+"possono causare la perdita di dati, questa operazione può intimidire e\n"
+"rivelarsi stressante per un utente inesperto. Per fortuna DrakX mette a\n"
+"vostra disposizione un assistente che semplifica questa procedura. Prima di\n"
 "cominciare leggete attentamente questa sezione e, soprattutto, fate le cose\n"
 "con calma.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -88,26 +88,26 @@ msgstr ""
 "avete più di uno). Non vi verrà posta nessun'altra domanda.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": l'assistente ha trovato una o più partizioni Linux già presenti\n"
-"sul vostro disco rigido; scegliete questa opzione se desiderate usarle. Vi\n"
-"verrà quindi chiesto di scegliere il punto di mount associato a ciascuna\n"
-"partizione; come opzione predefinita verranno mantenuti i punti di mount\n"
+"sul vostro disco rigido. Scegliete questa opzione se desiderate usarle. Vi\n"
+"verrà chiesto di scegliere il punto di mount associato a ciascuna\n"
+"partizione: come opzione predefinita verranno selezionati i punti di mount\n"
 "precedenti e, in genere, è buona norma non modificarli.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": se Microsoft Windows è installato sul vostro disco rigido e\n"
-"occupa tutto lo spazio disponibile, dovrete creare spazio libero per Linux.\n"
-"Per farlo potete ridimensionare la partizione FAT o NTFS su cui è\n"
-"installato Microsoft Windows, oppure cancellare completamente la partizione\n"
-"e tutti i dati in essa contenuti (ricorrendo all'opzione ''Cancella\n"
-"l'intero disco''). Il ridimensionamento può essere effettuato evitando la\n"
-"perdita di dati, a patto che prima di procedere la partizione sia stata\n"
+"occupa tutto lo spazio disponibile, dovrete creare spazio libero per\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Per farlo potete ridimensionare la partizione FAT o NTFS su cui\n"
+"è installato Windows, oppure cancellare completamente la partizione e tutti\n"
+"i dati in essa contenuti (ricorrendo all'opzione \"Cancella l'intero\n"
+"disco\"). Il ridimensionamento può essere effettuato evitando la perdita di\n"
+"dati, a patto che prima di procedere la partizione Windows sia stata\n"
 "deframmentata. Vi consigliamo caldamente di fare comunque una copia di\n"
 "sicurezza dei vostri dati. Questa è la soluzione consigliata se desiderate\n"
 "usare sia Mandrakelinux che Microsoft Windows sullo stesso computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Prima di scegliere questa opzione, tenete presente che le dimensioni\n"
-"della partizione su cui risiede Microsoft Windows saranno ridotte rispetto\n"
-"a quelle iniziali. Ciò significa che avrete meno spazio libero su Windows\n"
-"per archiviare i vostri dati o installare nuovo software.\n"
+"della partizione su cui risiede Windows saranno ridotte rispetto a quelle\n"
+"iniziali. Ciò significa che avrete meno spazio libero su Windows per\n"
+"archiviare i vostri dati o installare nuovo software.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": se desiderate cancellare tutti i dati e tutte le partizioni\n"
 "presenti sul vostro disco rigido e rimpiazzarli con il vostro nuovo sistema\n"
@@ -117,9 +117,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "   !! Se scegliete questa opzione tutti i dati sul vostro disco saranno\n"
 "cancellati. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": l'effetto di questa opzione sarà di cancellare tutto quello che\n"
-"si trova sul disco e di ricominciare da capo, ricreando le partizioni a\n"
-"partire da zero. Tutti i dati presenti sul disco andranno persi.\n"
+" * \"%s\": questa opzione compare quando il disco rigido è interamente\n"
+"occupato da Windows. Se scegliete questa opzione tutto quello che si trova\n"
+"sul disco verrà cancellato e potrete ricominciare da capo, creando le\n"
+"partizioni come se fosse la prima volta.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! Se scegliete questa opzione tutti i dati sul vostro disco saranno\n"
 "cancellati. !!\n"
@@ -127,11 +128,10 @@ msgstr ""
 " * \"%s\": se volete partizionare manualmente il vostro disco rigido potete\n"
 "scegliere questa opzione. Fate attenzione: è una opzione potente, ma molto\n"
 "pericolosa, e potreste facilmente causare la perdita di tutti i vostri\n"
-"dati. Pertanto la suggeriamo soltanto nel caso che abbiate già fatto\n"
-"qualcosa di simile in precedenza e abbiate una certa esperienza. Per\n"
-"ulteriori informazioni riguardo il funzionamento del programma DiskDrake,\n"
-"consultate la sezione ''Gestione delle partizioni'' della ''Guida\n"
-"introduttiva''."
+"dati. Pertanto la suggeriamo soltanto nel caso abbiate già fatto qualcosa\n"
+"di simile in precedenza e abbiate una certa esperienza. Per ulteriori\n"
+"informazioni riguardo il funzionamento del programma DiskDrake, consultate\n"
+"la sezione \"Gestione delle partizioni\" della \"Guida introduttiva\"."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -139,8 +139,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Resolution\n"
 "\n"
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
 "configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
 msgstr ""
 "Risoluzione\n"
@@ -154,46 +154,45 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
-"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
-"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
-"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
-"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
-"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
-"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n"
-"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n"
-"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n"
-"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n"
-"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n"
-"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n"
-"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point won't be authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system won't work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you won't affect the entire system.\n"
 "\n"
 "The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
 "-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
-"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
 "this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
 "the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
 "From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
-"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n"
-"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n"
-"ones at risk.\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
 "\n"
 "Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
-"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n"
-"you have finished adding users.\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
 "\n"
 "Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
 "that user (bash by default).\n"
 "\n"
-"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user who\n"
-"can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you\n"
-"are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security),\n"
-"choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". If you are\n"
-"not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and don't care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
 msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux è un sistema operativo multiutente, ciò significa che ciascun\n"
 "utente può disporre di una configurazione personalizzata, di uno spazio per\n"
-"i propri file, e così via; consultate la ''Guida introduttiva'' per saperne\n"
+"i propri file, e così via; consultate la \"Guida introduttiva\" per saperne\n"
 "di più. Ma, a differenza di \"root\", che è l'amministratore del sistema,\n"
 "gli utenti che aggiungerete adesso non avranno il diritto di cambiare\n"
 "nulla, se non i propri file e la propria configurazione. Dovrete crearne\n"
@@ -235,21 +234,22 @@ msgid ""
 "This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
 "found on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrakelinux system:\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandrakelinux system:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
-"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
-"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
-"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrakelinux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrakelinux system. Your current partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data won't be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrakelinux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
 "to Mandrakelinux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
 msgstr ""
 "Questo passo viene eseguito soltanto se sulla vostra macchina viene trovata\n"
@@ -259,37 +259,36 @@ msgstr ""
 "installazione o un aggiornamento di un sistema Mandrakelinux esistente:\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": nella maggior parte dei casi cancella completamente il vecchio\n"
-"sistema. Dovrete usare questa opzione se volete modificare le partizioni\n"
-"dei vostri dischi o cambiarne i filesystem. Comunque, in base allo schema\n"
-"di partizionamento usato, potreste anche fare in modo da evitare di\n"
-"sovrascrivere parte dei vostri dati.\n"
+"sistema. Tuttavia, in base allo schema di partizionamento usato, potete\n"
+"evitare di scrivere sui vostri dati attuali (in particolare le directory\n"
+"\"home\"). Dovreste usare questa opzione se volete modificare le partizioni\n"
+"dei vostri dischi o cambiarne i filesystem.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": questo tipo di installazione vi permette di effettuare un\n"
 "semplice aggiornamento dei pacchetti già installati sul vostro sistema\n"
-"Mandrakelinux. Tutte le partizioni attuali del disco rigido sono\n"
+"Mandrakelinux. Tutte le partizioni attuali del disco rigido vengono\n"
 "conservate, come pure le configurazioni e i dati individuali degli utenti.\n"
 "La maggior parte degli altri passi relativi alla configurazione restano\n"
 "disponibili, come per una installazione normale.\n"
 "\n"
-"L'opzione ''Aggiornamento'' non dovrebbe comportare difficoltà per sistemi\n"
+"L'opzione \"Aggiornamento\" non dovrebbe comportare difficoltà per sistemi\n"
 "Mandrakelinux a partire dalla versione \"8.1\", mentre non è consigliabile\n"
-"utilizzarla per aggiornare versioni di Mandrakelinux precedenti la\n"
-"\"8.1\"."
+"utilizzarla per aggiornare versioni di Mandrakelinux precedenti la \"8.1\"."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrakelinux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have\n"
-"been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
-"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
-"install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
-"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+"By the time you install Mandrakelinux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
 msgstr ""
 "È molto probabile che, al momento in cui installate Mandrakelinux, alcuni\n"
 "pacchetti siano stati aggiornati rispetto alla versione iniziale;\n"
@@ -301,83 +300,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "aggiornati in un secondo momento.\n"
 "\n"
 "Se scegliete \"%s\" comparirà un elenco di siti da cui poter scaricare i\n"
-"pacchetti aggiornati; dall'elenco dovreste scegliere il sito a voi più\n"
-"vicino. Comparirà quindi una finestra di selezione pacchetti: controllate\n"
-"la lista e cliccate su \"%s\" per scaricare e installare i pacchetti\n"
-"selezionati, o su \"%s\" per annullare l'operazione."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer GRUB (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
-"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
-"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
-"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
-"default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
-"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
-"you need it, check this box.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
-"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
-"checking this box.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Be aware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrakelinux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
-"options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
-"are normally reserved for the expert user."
-msgstr ""
-"Grazie a questa finestra di dialogo potrete impostare con precisione i\n"
-"parametri del bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": avete tre scelte a disposizione:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": se preferite GRUB (menu in modo testo);\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": se preferite LILO nella sua versione con menu in modo testo;\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": se preferite LILO con la sua interfaccia grafica.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": nella maggior parte dei casi non sarà necessario cambiare le\n"
-"impostazioni predefinite (\"%s\"), ma, se lo preferite, il bootloader può\n"
-"essere installato sul secondo disco rigido (\"%s\"), o persino su un floppy\n"
-"(\"%s\").\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": è il tempo lasciato all'utente per scegliere una voce diversa da\n"
-"quella predefinita nel menu del bootloader, dopo l'accensione del computer.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI è un nuovo standard (comparso durante il 2002) per la\n"
-"gestione del risparmio energetico, in particolare per i portatili. Se\n"
-"sapete che il vostro hardware lo supporta e ne avete bisogno, attivate\n"
-"questa opzione.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": se avete notato problemi hardware nel vostro sistema (conflitti\n"
-"di IRQ, instabilità, blocchi del sistema...), potreste provare a\n"
-"selezionare questa casella, per disattivare l'APIC.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Prestate particolare attenzione al fatto che, se scegliete di non\n"
-"installare un bootloader, dovete essere sicuri di poter avviare il vostro\n"
-"sistema Mandrakelinux in qualche modo! Accertatevi di sapere quello che\n"
-"fate prima di modificare qualcuna delle opzioni. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" di questa finestra avrete la possibilità di\n"
-"scegliere tra molte opzioni avanzate, riservate agli utenti esperti."
+"pacchetti aggiornati; dovreste scegliere il sito a voi più vicino.\n"
+"Comparirà quindi un elenco gerarchico grazie al quale potrete selezionare i\n"
+"pacchetti da aggiornare: controllate le vostre scelte e cliccate su \"%s\"\n"
+"per scaricare e installare i pacchetti selezionati, o su \"%s\" per\n"
+"annullare l'operazione."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -449,32 +376,34 @@ msgid ""
 "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
 "WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrakelinux rely upon.\n"
 "\n"
-"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
-"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
 "\n"
 "   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
 "choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
 "   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
-"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
 "best suits your needs.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Resolution\n"
 "\n"
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
 "configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -483,32 +412,35 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 "   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
 "\n"
-"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
-"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
-"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
 "means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
-"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
 "menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
 msgstr ""
-"X (abbreviazione per ''X Window System'') è il cuore dell'interfaccia\n"
+"X (abbreviazione per \"X Window System\") è il cuore dell'interfaccia\n"
 "grafica di GNU/Linux, sul quale sono basati tutti gli ambienti grafici\n"
 "inclusi in Mandrakelinux (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, etc.).\n"
 "\n"
 "Vi verrà mostrata una lista dei parametri da configurare in modo da avere\n"
-"la miglior visualizzazione possibile: Scheda grafica\n"
+"la miglior visualizzazione possibile:\n"
 "\n"
-"   Il programma di installazione normalmente è in grado di identificare e\n"
-"configurare automaticamente la scheda grafica installata sul computer. In\n"
-"caso contrario, potete indicare in questa lista la scheda di cui disponete.\n"
+"Scheda grafica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il programma di installazione provvederà a identificare e configurare\n"
+"automaticamente la scheda grafica installata sul computer. In caso\n"
+"contrario, potete scegliere da questo elenco la scheda che è effettivamente\n"
+"installata.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Se per la vostra scheda sono disponibili più server grafici, con e senza\n"
 "accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio si\n"
@@ -519,9 +451,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
 "   Il programma di installazione in genere identifica e configura\n"
-"automaticamente il monitor connesso al vostro computer. Se così non fosse,\n"
-"anche in questo caso potete scegliere da una lista il tipo di monitor in\n"
-"vostro possesso.\n"
+"automaticamente il monitor connesso al computer. Se così non fosse, anche\n"
+"in questo caso potete scegliere da una lista il tipo di monitor in vostro\n"
+"possesso.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -552,52 +484,52 @@ msgstr ""
 "Opzioni\n"
 "\n"
 "   Qui potete scegliere se avviare automaticamente l'interfaccia grafica\n"
-"subito dopo il boot. Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"%s\" nel caso in\n"
-"cui la macchina debba funzionare da server, oppure se non siete riusciti a\n"
-"configurare correttamente il server grafico."
+"subito dopo l'avvio del sistema. Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"%s\"\n"
+"nel caso in cui la macchina debba funzionare da server, oppure se non siete\n"
+"riusciti a configurare correttamente il server grafico."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrakelinux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
-"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandrakelinux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
 "if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you don't have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
 "will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
-"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
-"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it is compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrakelinux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
 msgstr ""
 "Qui potrete scegliere il sistema di stampa da usare con il vostro computer;\n"
-"altri sistemi operativi ve ne offrono uno, ma Mandrakelinux ve ne offre\n"
-"ben due. Ciascuno di essi è adatto a un particolare tipo di configurazione.\n"
+"altri sistemi operativi ve ne offrono uno, ma Mandrakelinux ve ne offre ben\n"
+"due. Ciascuno di essi è adatto a un particolare tipo di configurazione.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\" -- che sta per ''''print, don't queue'''' (''stampa, non mettere\n"
-"in coda''), è la scelta migliore se avete una stampante collegata\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- che sta per \"\"print, don't queue\"\" (\"stampa, non mettere\n"
+"in coda\"), è la scelta migliore se avete una stampante collegata\n"
 "direttamente al computer, volete essere in grado di uscire rapidamente da\n"
 "eventuali situazioni di stallo della stampante, e non disponete di\n"
 "stampanti connesse via rete (\"%s\" può gestire solo configurazioni di rete\n"
 "molto semplici ed è comunque piuttosto lento in caso di stampa in rete).\n"
 "Scegliete \"pdq\" se questa è la vostra prima esperienza con GNU/Linux.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\" - ''Common Unix Printing System'' (''Sistema di stampa unificato\n"
-"per Unix''), offre risultati eccellenti per stampanti sia locali, sia che\n"
+" * \"%s\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\" (\"Sistema di stampa unificato\n"
+"per Unix\"), offre risultati eccellenti per stampanti sia locali, sia che\n"
 "si trovino sull'altra faccia del pianeta. È semplice da configurare e può\n"
 "agire come server o client per il vecchio sistema di stampa \"lpd\", quindi\n"
 "è compatibile con i sistemi operativi più vecchi che potrebbero avere\n"
@@ -608,28 +540,34 @@ msgstr ""
 "per la configurazione delle opzioni della stampante e per la sua gestione.\n"
 "\n"
 "Se fate una scelta adesso e successivamente cambiate idea, potrete sempre\n"
-"scegliere un diverso sistema di stampa avviando PrinterDrake dal Mandrake\n"
-"Control Center e cliccando sul pulsante per il modo esperto."
+"scegliere un diverso sistema di stampa avviando PrinterDrake dal\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center e cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\"."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrakelinux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandrakelinux, and to make it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
 "\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrakelinux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
-"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"Mandrakelinux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
-"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100% LSB-compliant.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
 "more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
@@ -639,9 +577,19 @@ msgid ""
 "interface available.\n"
 "\n"
 "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
 "working graphical desktop.\n"
@@ -651,33 +599,34 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
 "to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
-"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
-"megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
-"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
-"be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
-"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
 msgstr ""
 "Adesso è il momento di indicare i programmi che volete siano installati sul\n"
-"vostro sistema. Ci sono migliaia di pacchetti disponibili per Mandrake\n"
-"Linux, e sono stati suddivisi in gruppi in base al loro campo di utilizzo,\n"
-"in modo da facilitarne la gestione.\n"
+"vostro sistema. Ci sono migliaia di pacchetti disponibili per\n"
+"Mandrakelinux, e sono stati suddivisi in gruppi in base al loro campo di\n"
+"utilizzo, in modo da facilitarne la gestione.\n"
 "\n"
 "I gruppi sono a loro volta suddivisi in quattro categorie. Potete\n"
 "selezionare i pacchetti di tutte le categorie indifferentemente, quindi una\n"
-"installazione di tipo ''Workstation'' può contenere anche programmi della\n"
-"categoria ''Sviluppo''.\n"
+"installazione di tipo \"Workstation\" può contenere anche programmi della\n"
+"categoria \"Server\".\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": scegliete uno o più gruppi da questa categoria se la vostra\n"
 "macchina dovrà essere utilizzata come postazione di lavoro tradizionale.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": se pensate di usare il computer per la programmazione e lo\n"
-"sviluppo di software, selezionate i gruppi a voi necessari da questa\n"
-"categoria.\n"
+"sviluppo di software, selezionate i gruppi a voi necessari in questa\n"
+"categoria. Il gruppo speciale \"LSB\" serve per configurare il vostro\n"
+"sistema in modo che sia quanto più possibile conforme con le specifiche del\n"
+"Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   La selezione del gruppo \"LSB\" avrà come ulteriore effetto\n"
+"l'installazione di un kernel della serie \"2.4\", invece della \"2.6\" che\n"
+"costituisce l'opzione predefinita. Questo è necessario per avere una\n"
+"completa conformità del sistema con le specifiche LSB. Si noti, tuttavia,\n"
+"che anche se scegliete di non selezionare il gruppo \"LSB\", il vostro\n"
+"sistema sarà compatibile quasi al 100% con LSB.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": qui potrete scegliere i servizi più comuni da installare se il\n"
 "computer dovrà essere usato come server.\n"
@@ -687,10 +636,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "grafica.\n"
 "\n"
 "Spostando il puntatore del mouse sul nome di un gruppo verrà mostrato un\n"
-"breve testo di informazioni a riguardo. Se state effettuando\n"
-"un'installazione normale (non un aggiornamento) e deselezionate tutti i\n"
-"gruppi, comparirà una finestra di dialogo che vi proporrà alcune\n"
-"possibilità per eseguire una installazione minima:\n"
+"breve testo di informazioni a riguardo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se lo desiderate, potete abilitare l'opzione \"%s\", che può essere utile\n"
+"se conoscete bene i pacchetti presenti nella distribuzione o se desiderate\n"
+"avere il controllo totale di ciò che verrà installato.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se cominciate l'installazione in modalità \"%s\", potete deselezionare\n"
+"tutti i gruppi per evitare di installare nuovi pacchetti: questo metodo può\n"
+"tornare utile per effettuare la riparazione o l'aggiornamento di un sistema\n"
+"esistente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se state effettuando un'installazione normale (non un aggiornamento) e\n"
+"deselezionate tutti i gruppi, comparirà una finestra di dialogo che vi\n"
+"proporrà alcune possibilità per eseguire una installazione minima:\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": installa i pacchetti strettamente necessari per avere un\n"
 "ambiente grafico funzionante;\n"
@@ -701,39 +660,34 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": provvederà all'installazione dello stretto necessario per avere\n"
 "un sistema Linux funzionante, avente come unica interfaccia la riga di\n"
-"comando. Questo tipo di installazione occupa in totale circa 65 megabyte.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se lo desiderate, potete abilitare l'opzione \"%s\", che può essere utile\n"
-"se conoscete bene i pacchetti presenti nella distribuzione o se desiderate\n"
-"avere il controllo totale di ciò che verrà installato.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se state eseguendo un'installazione in modalità \"%s\", potete\n"
-"deselezionare tutti i gruppi per evitare di installare nuovi pacchetti;\n"
-"questo metodo può tornare utile per effettuare soltanto il ripristino o\n"
-"l'aggiornamento di un sistema esistente."
+"comando. Questo tipo di installazione occupa in totale circa 65 megabyte."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "The Mandrakelinux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
 "selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
-"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
 msgstr ""
 "La distribuzione Mandrakelinux è suddivisa su più CD-ROM. Se uno dei\n"
 "pacchetti selezionati si trova su un CD-ROM diverso da quello attualmente\n"
-"inserito nel lettore, DrakX provvederà, quando necessario, a espellerlo e a\n"
-"chiedervi di inserire quello corretto."
+"inserito nel lettore, DrakX provvederà a espellerlo e a chiedervi di\n"
+"inserire quello corretto. Se non avete a portata di mano il CD richiesto,\n"
+"basta cliccare su \"%s\", e i pacchetti corrispondenti non verranno\n"
+"installati."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
 "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
 "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
 "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
 "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
 "unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
@@ -742,35 +696,34 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
 "characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
-"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
 "\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"One caveat: don't make the password too long or too complicated because you\n"
 "must be able to remember it!\n"
 "\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
-"connect.\n"
+"The password won't be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
 "\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
 "\n"
 "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you don't know which\n"
 "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
-"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
-"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
 msgstr ""
 "Questo è il punto più critico per la sicurezza del vostro sistema\n"
 "GNU/Linux: state per decidere la password di \"root\". \"root\" è\n"
 "l'amministratore del sistema, ed è l'unico utente autorizzato a compiere\n"
 "aggiornamenti, aggiungere altri utenti, cambiare la configurazione globale\n"
-"del sistema, e così via. In breve, può fare tutto ciò che vuole! Questo è\n"
-"il motivo per cui dovete scegliere una password che sia difficile da\n"
-"indovinare, e se ne avete scelta una troppo facile DrakX vi avvertirà.\n"
+"del sistema, e così via. In breve, \"root\" può fare tutto ciò che vuole!\n"
+"Questo è il motivo per cui dovete scegliere una password che sia difficile\n"
+"da indovinare, e se ne avete scelta una troppo facile DrakX vi avvertirà.\n"
 "Potete anche scegliere di non digitare alcuna password, ma noi vi\n"
 "consigliamo caldamente di farlo, poiché GNU/Linux è vulnerabile a errori da\n"
 "parte dell'utente esattamente come qualsiasi altro sistema operativo.\n"
@@ -789,8 +742,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "La password non verrà mostrata mentre la digitate; quindi, per ridurre il\n"
 "rischio di un errore di battitura, è necessario che venga inserita due\n"
 "volte. Se per caso però commettete lo stesso errore entrambe le volte,\n"
-"questa password ''sbagliata'' sarà quella che verrà richiesta la prima\n"
-"volta che vi connetterete al sistema.\n"
+"questa password \"sbagliata\" sarà quella che verrà richiesta la prima\n"
+"volta che vi connetterete al sistema come \"root\".\n"
 "\n"
 "Se volete che l'accesso al vostro computer sia controllato da un server di\n"
 "autenticazione, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\".\n"
@@ -827,44 +780,43 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
 "\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
 "\n"
 "!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
 "chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
 "installed. By default Mandrakelinux will automatically start any installed\n"
 "services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
 "security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrakelinux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
+"finalized. If you don't know what a particular service is supposed to do or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
 "\n"
 "The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
 "whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each them such\n"
-"that installation of one package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
 "package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
 "have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
 msgstr ""
-"Ora, se avete scelto di indicare i pacchetti su base individuale, potrete\n"
-"vedere una struttura ad albero contenente tutti i pacchetti organizzati in\n"
-"gruppi e sottogruppi. Scorrendo questa lista gerarchica potete selezionare\n"
-"interi gruppi, sottogruppi o singoli pacchetti.\n"
+"Ora, se avete scelto di selezionare i pacchetti su base individuale,\n"
+"potrete vedere una struttura ad albero contenente tutti i pacchetti\n"
+"organizzati in gruppi e sottogruppi. Scorrendo questa lista gerarchica\n"
+"potete selezionare interi gruppi, sottogruppi o singoli pacchetti.\n"
 "\n"
 "Quando selezionate un pacchetto all'interno dell'albero ne compare una\n"
 "descrizione sulla destra, per aiutarvi a capire a cosa serva quel\n"
@@ -875,52 +827,55 @@ msgstr ""
 "chiesta conferma per la sua effettiva installazione. Come opzione\n"
 "predefinita, in Mandrakelinux tutti i servizi installati vengono attivati\n"
 "automaticamente all'avvio. Sebbene si tratti di servizi sicuri ed esenti da\n"
-"problemi noti al momento della pubblicazione, non è escluso che possano\n"
-"essere scoperte falle di sicurezza al loro interno solo in seguito a tale\n"
-"data. Quindi, se non avete idea di cosa faccia un particolare servizio o\n"
-"del perché debba essere installato, cliccate su \"%s\". Scegliendo \"%s\",\n"
-"invece, i servizi elencati saranno installati e attivati in automatico\n"
-"all'avvio del sistema. !!\n"
+"problemi noti al momento del rilascio della distribuzione, non è escluso\n"
+"che possano essere scoperte falle di sicurezza al loro interno dopo la\n"
+"pubblicazione di questa versione di Mandrakelinux. Quindi, se non avete\n"
+"idea di cosa faccia un particolare servizio o del perché debba essere\n"
+"installato, cliccate su \"%s\". Scegliendo \"%s\", invece, i servizi\n"
+"elencati saranno installati e attivati in automatico all'avvio del sistema.\n"
+"!!\n"
 "\n"
 "L'opzione \"%s\" vi permette di disabilitare la finestra di avvertimento\n"
 "che compare tutte le volte che il programma di installazione seleziona\n"
 "automaticamente qualche pacchetto per risolvere un problema di dipendenze.\n"
-"Alcuni pacchetti, infatti, hanno delle relazioni di dipendenza con altri\n"
-"pacchetti (''dipendenze''), e non possono essere installati se non vengono\n"
-"installati prima questi ultimi. Il programma può determinare in modo\n"
-"automatico quali altri pacchetti sono indispensabili a un dato pacchetto\n"
-"perché quest'ultimo possa essere installato con successo.\n"
+"Alcuni pacchetti, infatti, dipendono da altri, e l'installazione di uno\n"
+"specifico pacchetto può richiedere l'installazione di un altro. Il\n"
+"programma può determinare in modo automatico quali altri pacchetti sono\n"
+"necessari per soddisfare una dipendenza in modo da portare a termine con\n"
+"successo l'installazione.\n"
 "\n"
 "La piccola icona a forma di dischetto in fondo alla lista vi permette di\n"
 "caricare un elenco di pacchetti scelti durante una precedente\n"
 "installazione. Può risultare utile, ad esempio, se avete la necessità di\n"
 "configurare allo stesso modo diverse macchine. Cliccando su questa icona vi\n"
-"verrà chiesto di inserire un dischetto che dovreste aver creato alla fine\n"
-"di un'altra installazione. Leggete le informazioni all'ultimo passo della\n"
-"procedura di installazione per sapere come creare questo dischetto."
+"verrà chiesto di inserire il dischetto creato alla fine di un'altra\n"
+"installazione. Leggete il relativo suggerimento nell'ultimo passo per\n"
+"sapere come creare questo dischetto."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"LILO and GRUB are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
 "\n"
 " * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
-"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
-" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
 "\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
-"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+"If DrakX can't determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" won't install any boot loader. Use this option only if you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
 msgstr ""
-"LILO e GRUB sono due ''bootloader'' per GNU/Linux. Un bootloader è un\n"
-"programma per l'avvio di uno o più sistemi operativi. Questa fase, in\n"
-"genere, è del tutto automatica. DrakX, infatti, analizza il settore di\n"
-"avvio del disco, e si comporta in base a quello che vi trova:\n"
+"Un bootloader è un piccolo programma che il computer esegue automaticamente\n"
+"nella fase di avvio. Ha il compito di far partire tutto il sistema.\n"
+"L'installazione del bootloader è, in genere, del tutto automatica. DrakX,\n"
+"infatti, analizza il settore di avvio del disco, e si comporta in base a\n"
+"quello che vi trova:\n"
 "\n"
 " * se trova un settore di avvio di Windows, lo rimpiazza con uno di GRUB o\n"
 "LILO, in modo da permettervi di avviare GNU/Linux o un qualsiasi altro\n"
@@ -931,8 +886,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "Se non è in grado di fare la scelta autonomamente, DrakX vi mostrerà alcune\n"
 "opzioni per l'installazione del bootloader. La soluzione più comune è\n"
-"quella di installarlo nel primo settore del disco (MBR). Si veda per\n"
-"maggiori informazioni sulla configurazione delle opzioni."
+"quella di installarlo nel \"%s\". Selezionando \"%s\" non sarà installato\n"
+"alcun bootloader, ma è una possibilità da usare solo se siete veramente\n"
+"consapevoli di ciò che essa comporta."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -976,22 +932,24 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
-"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
-"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
 "\n"
 "Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
 "be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
-"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
-"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
-"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
 "\n"
 "About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
-"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
-"still under development. For that reason, Mandrakelinux will be using it\n"
-"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrakelinux's use of UTF-8 will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
 "\n"
-" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
 "languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
 "iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1000,32 +958,34 @@ msgid ""
 " * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
 "the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
 "\n"
-" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
-"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
-"chosen.\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
 "\n"
 "Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
-"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
-"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will also be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
-"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
-"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
-"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
 msgstr ""
+"Il primo passo è scegliere la lingua che preferite usare.\n"
+"\n"
 "La lingua che sceglierete a questo punto sarà utilizzata per la procedura\n"
-"di installazione, per la configurazione del sistema e per la\n"
-"documentazione. Per prima cosa selezionate l'area geografica in cui vivete,\n"
-"poi la lingua che parlate.\n"
+"di installazione, per la documentazione e per il sistema in generale. Per\n"
+"prima cosa selezionate l'area geografica in cui vivete, e poi la vostra\n"
+"lingua.\n"
 "\n"
 "Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" potrete scegliere altre lingue da installare\n"
-"sul vostro computer. La selezione di altre lingue comporta l'installazione\n"
-"dei file relativi alla documentazione e alle applicazioni per ciascuna di\n"
-"esse. Ad esempio, se il vostro computer dovrà essere usato anche da persone\n"
-"di madre lingua spagnola, potete scegliere l'italiano come lingua\n"
-"predefinita nella struttura ad albero e, nella sezione \"%s\", selezionare\n"
-"anche \"%s\".\n"
+"sul computer. La selezione di altre lingue comporta l'installazione dei\n"
+"file relativi alla documentazione e alle applicazioni per ciascuna di esse.\n"
+"Ad esempio, se il vostro computer dovrà essere usato anche da persone di\n"
+"madre lingua spagnola, potete scegliere l'italiano come lingua predefinita\n"
+"nella struttura ad albero e, nella sezione \"%s\", selezionare anche\n"
+"\"%s\".\n"
 "\n"
 "Riguardo al supporto UTF-8 (Unicode): Unicode è un nuovo standard per la\n"
 "codifica dei caratteri, progettato per supportare tutte le lingue\n"
@@ -1062,50 +1022,14 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
-"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
-"driver."
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
 msgstr ""
 "\"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda audio, verrà\n"
 "mostrata qui. Se notate che la scheda audio mostrata non è quella\n"
 "effettivamente presente sul vostro sistema, potete cliccare sul pulsante e\n"
-"scegliere il driver appropriato."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
-"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
-"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
-"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
-"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
-"changes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
-"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
-"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
-"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
-"operating systems!"
-msgstr ""
-"Dopo aver configurato i parametri generali del bootloader, verrà mostrata\n"
-"la lista delle opzioni che saranno disponibili al momento dell'avvio del\n"
-"sistema.\n"
-"\n"
-"Se sulla vostra macchina sono già installati altri sistemi operativi,\n"
-"saranno automaticamente aggiunti al menu di avvio. Potete rifinire la\n"
-"configurazione predefinita premendo \"%s\" per creare una nuova voce, o\n"
-"selezionando una delle voci esistenti e premendo \"%s\" o \"%s\" per\n"
-"modificarla o eliminarla. Cliccando su \"%s\" darete conferma delle\n"
-"modifiche effettuate.\n"
-"\n"
-"Potreste anche non voler consentire l'accesso a questi sistemi operativi a\n"
-"chiunque possa riavviare la macchina. In questo caso potete cancellare le\n"
-"voci corrispondenti ai sistemi operativi che desiderate rimuovere dal menu\n"
-"del bootloader, ma così facendo, per caricarli, avrete bisogno di un disco\n"
-"di avvio!"
+"scegliere un driver diverso."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1124,12 +1048,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
 "wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
-"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
-"similar to the one used during installation."
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
 msgstr ""
 "\"%s\": cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" sarà avviato l'assistente di\n"
 "configurazione della stampante. Consultate il relativo capitolo della\n"
-"''Guida introduttiva'' per avere maggiori informazioni su come configurare\n"
+"\"Guida introduttiva\" per avere maggiori informazioni su come configurare\n"
 "una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia descritta in tale sede è simile a quella\n"
 "utilizzata nel corso dell'installazione."
 
@@ -1138,17 +1062,17 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
 msgstr ""
 "Opzioni\n"
 "\n"
 "   Qui potete scegliere se avviare automaticamente l'interfaccia grafica\n"
-"subito dopo il boot. Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"%s\" nel caso in\n"
-"cui la macchina debba funzionare da server, oppure se non siete riusciti a\n"
-"configurare correttamente il server grafico."
+"subito dopo l'avvio del sistema. Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"%s\"\n"
+"nel caso in cui la macchina debba funzionare da server, oppure se non siete\n"
+"riusciti a configurare correttamente il server grafico."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1162,83 +1086,85 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
-"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who\n"
-"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
-"address."
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you don't know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandrakelinux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
 msgstr ""
-"È ora il momento di scegliere il livello di sicurezza da impostare sul\n"
-"sistema. Come regola generale, quanto più la macchina sarà esposta a\n"
-"Internet e quanto più sono importanti i dati che dovrà contenere, tanto più\n"
-"alto dovrebbe essere il livello di sicurezza. Tenete presente, tuttavia,\n"
-"che a un livello di sicurezza più alto corrisponde in genere una minore\n"
-"facilità d'uso.\n"
+"A questo punto, DrakX vi permette di scegliere il livello di sicurezza da\n"
+"impostare sul sistema. Come regola generale, quanto più la macchina sarà\n"
+"esposta a Internet e quanto più sono importanti i dati che dovrà contenere,\n"
+"tanto più alto dovrebbe essere il livello di sicurezza. Tenete presente,\n"
+"tuttavia, che a un livello di sicurezza più alto corrisponde in genere una\n"
+"minore facilità d'uso.\n"
 "\n"
 "Se non sapete quale scelta fare, utilizzate l'impostazione predefinita.\n"
-"Potrete comunque cambiare in seguito il livello di sicurezza tramite\n"
-"draksec, dal Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"Potrete comunque cambiare in seguito il livello di sicurezza usando\n"
+"draksec, uno strumento del Mandrakelinux Control Center.\n"
 "\n"
-"Nel campo \"%s\" potete inserire il nome dell'utente che sarà responsabile\n"
-"per la sicurezza del computer, in modo che il sistema possa inviare a lui\n"
-"tutti i messaggi inerenti all'argomento."
+"Nel campo \"%s\" inserite l'indirizzo email dell'utente che sarà\n"
+"responsabile per la sicurezza: tutti i messaggi relativi alla sicurezza\n"
+"verranno inviati a lui."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
-"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
-"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
-"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
-"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
 "necessary.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"isn't in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
 "country list.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
 "you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
 "correct.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
-"change it if necessary.\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
 "configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it isn't\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
-"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
-"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that doesn't suit you, click on\n"
 "\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
-"configure it manually.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center after the installation has finished to benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
-"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
-"card.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
-"now.\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
 "previous step ().\n"
@@ -1248,10 +1174,12 @@ msgid ""
 "the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
 "firewall settings.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
-"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
 "on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
 "idea to review this setup."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1260,7 +1188,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "potrebbero essere visualizzate tutte le voci che descriveremo tra poco, o\n"
 "solo alcune di esse. Ogni voce è rappresentata dall'elemento che può essere\n"
 "configurato, con accanto una breve sintesi della configurazione attuale;\n"
-"cliccate sul corrispondente pulsante \"%s\" per cambiarla.\n"
+"cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" corrispondente per cambiarla.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": controllate l'attuale impostazione della tastiera, e cambiatela\n"
 "se necessario.\n"
@@ -1271,50 +1199,57 @@ msgstr ""
 "mostrata, cliccate su \"%s\" per avere la lista completa.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": il fuso orario è inizialmente dedotto in automatico dalla\n"
-"nazione che avete scelto. Ma, anche in questo caso, se l'impostazione non\n"
-"fosse corretta potete usare il pulsante \"%s\".\n"
+"nazione che avete scelto. Anche in questo caso, se l'impostazione non fosse\n"
+"corretta potete usare il pulsante \"%s\".\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": controllate la configurazione attuale del mouse, e cliccate sul\n"
 "pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" sarà avviato l'assistente di\n"
 "configurazione della stampante. Consultate il relativo capitolo della\n"
-"''Guida introduttiva'' per avere maggiori informazioni su come configurare\n"
+"\"Guida introduttiva\" per avere maggiori informazioni su come configurare\n"
 "una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia descritta in tale sede è simile a quella\n"
 "utilizzata nel corso dell'installazione.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda audio,\n"
 "verrà mostrata qui. Se notate che la scheda audio mostrata non è quella\n"
 "effettivamente presente sul vostro sistema, potete cliccare sul pulsante e\n"
-"scegliere il driver appropriato.\n"
+"scegliere un driver diverso.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda TV, verrà\n"
+"mostrata qui. Se disponete di una scheda TV che non è stata individuata,\n"
+"cliccate sul pulsante per cercare di configurarla a mano.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se avete l'impressione che la configurazione non sia corretta,\n"
+"potete cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per cambiare i parametri relativi alla\n"
+"scheda.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": come opzione predefinita, DrakX configura l'interfaccia grafica\n"
 "impostando una risoluzione di \"800x600\" o \"1024x768\". Se questa scelta\n"
 "non vi soddisfa, cliccate su \"%s\" per riconfigurare la vostra interfaccia\n"
 "grafica.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda TV, verrà\n"
-"mostrata qui. Se disponete di una scheda TV che non è stata individuata,\n"
-"cliccate sul pulsante per cercare di configurarla a mano.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda ISDN, verrà\n"
-"mostrata qui. Potete cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per cambiarne i\n"
-"parametri.\n"
+" * \"%s\": se desiderate configurare l'accesso a Internet o a una rete\n"
+"locale potete farlo adesso. Consultate la documentazione stampata, oppure\n"
+"utilizzate il Mandrakelinux Control Center una volta terminata\n"
+"l'installazione per avere a vostra disposizione un aiuto in linea completo.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": nel caso desideriate configurare adesso l'accesso a Internet o a\n"
-"una rete locale.\n"
+" * \"%s\": vi permette di configurare gli indirizzi di proxy HTTP e FTP,\n"
+"nel caso la macchina sulla quale state effettuando l'installazione dipenda\n"
+"da un server proxy.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": questa voce vi permette di modificare il livello di sicurezza\n"
 "configurato in un passo precedente ().\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": se avete in mente di connettere il vostro computer a Internet, è\n"
 "una buona idea proteggerlo contro eventuali intrusioni configurando un\n"
-"firewall. Consultate la relativa sezione della ''Guida introduttiva'' per\n"
+"firewall. Consultate la relativa sezione della \"Guida introduttiva\" per\n"
 "ulteriori informazioni sulla configurazione del firewall.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": cliccate sul relativo pulsante per cambiare la configurazione\n"
-"del bootloader. Questa opzione dovrebbe essere utilizzata solo dagli utenti\n"
-"più esperti.\n"
+" * \"%s\": cliccate su questo pulsante per cambiare la configurazione del\n"
+"bootloader. Questa opzione dovrebbe essere utilizzata solo dagli utenti più\n"
+"esperti. Consultate la documentazione stampata o l'aiuto in linea del\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center riguardo la configurazione del bootloader.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": qui potrete stabilire in dettaglio quali servizi saranno\n"
 "attivati sul vostro sistema. Se pensate di utilizzare il computer come\n"
@@ -1324,7 +1259,7 @@ msgstr ""
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
-"or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
 "suits your needs."
 msgstr ""
 "Se per la vostra scheda sono disponibili più server grafici, con e senza\n"
@@ -1337,45 +1272,56 @@ msgid ""
 "Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
 "mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
 "configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
 "right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
 "a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
 "\n"
-"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
-"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
-"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
-"mouse up and down.\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
 "\n"
 "If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
 "from the list provided.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
 "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
 "correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
 "\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
 "select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
 "the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
-"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
-"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
-"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
-"mouse."
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
 msgstr ""
 "In genere DrakX individua automaticamente il numero di pulsanti presenti\n"
 "sul vostro mouse; in caso contrario, supporrà che si tratti di un mouse a\n"
 "due tasti, e lo imposterà in modo da simulare il terzo tasto. Con un mouse\n"
 "a due tasti è infatti possibile simulare la pressione del terzo tasto\n"
-"premendo contemporaneamente il tasto sinistro e il tasto destro. DrakX,\n"
+"premendo contemporaneamente il tasto sinistro e quello destro. DrakX,\n"
 "inoltre, distingue automaticamente tra mouse con interfaccia PS/2, seriale\n"
 "o USB.\n"
 "\n"
+"Se avete un mouse a tre tasti ma senza rotellina, potete scegliere un mouse\n"
+"\"%s\": DrakX, in tal caso, configurerà il mouse in modo che possiate\n"
+"simulare la rotellina, premendo il tasto centrale e spostando il mouse\n"
+"verso l'alto o verso il basso.\n"
+"\n"
 "Se per qualche ragione volete specificare un diverso tipo di mouse,\n"
 "scegliete il modello desiderato dall'elenco che vi viene proposto.\n"
 "\n"
-"Se scegliete un mouse diverso dal tipo suggerito vi verrà mostrata una\n"
+"Potete selezionare la voce \"%s\" per scegliere un tipo di mouse\n"
+"\"generico\" che vi permetterà di utilizzare quasi tutti i mouse esistenti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se scegliete un mouse diverso dal tipo suggerito, vi verrà mostrata una\n"
 "finestra dove potrete provarlo. Provate sia i pulsanti, sia l'eventuale\n"
 "rotellina, per controllare che la configurazione sia corretta e che il\n"
 "mouse funzioni a dovere. Se il mouse non dovesse funzionare correttamente,\n"
@@ -1385,89 +1331,31 @@ msgstr ""
 "Talvolta i mouse con rotellina centrale potrebbero non essere individuati\n"
 "automaticamente; in tal caso, dovrete selezionare personalmente dall'elenco\n"
 "il modello giusto. Assicuratevi di sceglierne uno corrispondente alla porta\n"
-"alla quale è collegato il vostro mouse. Dopo aver fatto la selezione\n"
+"alla quale è collegato il vostro mouse. Dopo aver selezionato un modello\n"
 "premete il pulsante \"%s\", e comparirà l'immagine di un mouse. Muovete la\n"
-"rotellina per controllare che funzioni a dovere; una volta che\n"
-"l'indicazione sullo schermo apparirà sincronizzata con il movimento\n"
-"effettivo della rotellina, provate i pulsanti e controllate che il\n"
+"rotellina per controllare che funzioni a dovere: mentre la muovete, vedrete\n"
+"muoversi quella sullo schermo; poi provate i pulsanti e controllate che il\n"
 "puntatore si muova correttamente sullo schermo quando muovete il mouse."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
-"Mandrakelinux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
-"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
-"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
-"button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
-"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"About Winmodem Connection. Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems\n"
-"that require additional software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of\n"
-"those modems actually work under Mandrakelinux, some others do not. You\n"
-"can consult the list of supported modems at LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
-msgstr ""
-"A questo punto potete configurare la vostra connessione di rete. Se\n"
-"desiderate connettere il vostro computer a Internet o a una rete locale,\n"
-"cliccate su \"%s\". Mandrakelinux cercherà di individuare automaticamente\n"
-"dispositivi di rete e modem; se questa ricerca dovesse fallire, levate il\n"
-"segno di spunta dalla casella \"%s\". Potete anche decidere di non\n"
-"configurare la rete, o di farlo in seguito, nel qual caso potete cliccare\n"
-"sul pulsante \"%s\" per passare alla fase successiva.\n"
-"\n"
-"Durante la configurazione della rete avete a disposizione i seguenti tipi\n"
-"di connessione: tramite modem normale, tramite Winmodem, con modem ISDN,\n"
-"connessione ADSL, via cavo, e infine una semplice connessione tramite LAN\n"
-"(Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"Non possiamo descrivere in dettaglio le caratteristiche di ogni\n"
-"configurazione. In ogni caso, accertatevi di avere a portata di mano tutti\n"
-"i parametri indicati dal vostro fornitore di servizi Internet o dal vostro\n"
-"amministratore di sistema, come indirizzo IP, gateway predefinito, server\n"
-"DNS, e così via.\n"
-"\n"
-"Riguardo alla connessione tramite Winmodem: i ''Winmodem'' sono particolari\n"
-"modem integrati di fascia bassa che, rispetto ai modem tradizionali, per\n"
-"funzionare necessitano di software aggiuntivo. Alcuni di questi modem\n"
-"funzionano bene con Mandrakelinux, ma altri no. Potete consultare l'elenco\n"
-"dei modem supportati sul sito LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"Per maggiori dettagli riguardo la configurazione della connessione a\n"
-"Internet potete consultare il relativo capitolo della ''Guida\n"
-"introduttiva''; in alternativa, potete attendere di aver portato a termine\n"
-"l'installazione e usare poi il programma descritto in tale capitolo per\n"
-"configurare la connessione."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Graphic Card\n"
 "\n"
 "   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
 "choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
 "   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
-"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
 "best suits your needs."
 msgstr ""
 "Scheda grafica\n"
 "\n"
-"   Il programma di installazione normalmente è in grado di identificare e\n"
-"configurare automaticamente la scheda grafica installata sul computer. In\n"
-"caso contrario, potete indicare in questa lista la scheda di cui disponete.\n"
+"   Il programma di installazione provvederà a identificare e configurare\n"
+"automaticamente la scheda grafica installata sul computer. In caso\n"
+"contrario, potete scegliere da questo elenco la scheda che è effettivamente\n"
+"installata.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Se per la vostra scheda sono disponibili più server grafici, con e senza\n"
 "accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio si\n"
@@ -1477,9 +1365,9 @@ msgstr ""
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
-"covers the entire Mandrakelinux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
-"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
-"will reboot your computer."
+"covers the entire Mandrakelinux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
 msgstr ""
 "Prima di proseguire dovreste leggere con attenzione le condizioni d'uso che\n"
 "riguardano l'intera distribuzione Mandrakelinux. Se siete d'accordo con\n"
@@ -1490,22 +1378,21 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
 "time.\n"
 "\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which aren't needed at boot\n"
 "time.\n"
 "\n"
 "A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
 "it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
 "\n"
 "!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
+"server: you probably don't want to start any services which you don't need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
 msgstr ""
 "Qui potete scegliere i servizi da attivare automaticamente all'avvio del\n"
 "sistema.\n"
@@ -1530,16 +1417,16 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
 msgstr ""
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
 "   Il programma di installazione in genere identifica e configura\n"
-"automaticamente il monitor connesso al vostro computer. Se così non fosse,\n"
-"anche in questo caso potete scegliere da una lista il tipo di monitor in\n"
-"vostro possesso."
+"automaticamente il monitor connesso al computer. Se così non fosse, anche\n"
+"in questo caso potete scegliere da una lista il tipo di monitor in vostro\n"
+"possesso."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1549,30 +1436,29 @@ msgid ""
 "motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
 "\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
 "hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
-"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
 "\n"
-"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
-"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
-"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
-"other machines on your local network as well."
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
 msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux gestisce il tempo in base al GMT (''Greenwich Mean Time'') e lo\n"
+"GNU/Linux gestisce il tempo in base al GMT (\"Greenwich Mean Time\") e lo\n"
 "traduce nell'ora locale secondo il fuso orario selezionato. Tuttavia, se\n"
 "l'orologio della scheda madre è regolato sull'orario locale, è possibile\n"
 "disabilitare questa opzione togliendo il segno di spunta alla casella\n"
 "\"%s\", in modo da indicare a GNU/Linux che l'orologio hardware e quello di\n"
-"sistema devono essere regolati sullo stesso fuso orario. Questa scelta può\n"
-"tornare utile nel caso sulla macchina sia installato anche un altro sistema\n"
-"operativo, ad esempio Windows.\n"
+"sistema operano nello stesso fuso orario. Questa scelta può tornare utile\n"
+"nel caso sulla macchina sia installato anche un altro sistema operativo.\n"
 "\n"
 "L'opzione \"%s\" farà in modo che l'orario venga automaticamente regolato\n"
-"connettendosi via Internet con un ''time server''. Perché questa opzione\n"
+"connettendosi via Internet con un \"time server\". Perché questa opzione\n"
 "funzioni, naturalmente, dovrete disporre di una connessione a Internet\n"
-"funzionante. Vi consigliamo di scegliere un server vicino a voi nella lista\n"
-"che vi verrà mostrata. Questa opzione installerà nel sistema un vero e\n"
-"proprio time server, che potrà essere a sua volta usato anche da altre\n"
-"macchine che si trovino sulla stessa rete locale."
+"funzionante. Vi consigliamo di scegliere un server vicino a voi. Questa\n"
+"opzione installerà nel sistema un vero e proprio time server, che potrà\n"
+"essere a sua volta usato anche da altre macchine che si trovino sulla\n"
+"stessa rete locale."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1611,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "vostro disco rigido. Potete attenervi alle scelte fatte dall'assistente,\n"
 "vanno bene per la maggior parte delle installazioni. Se fate dei\n"
 "cambiamenti, ricordate che dovete definire per lo meno una partizione root\n"
-"(''radice'') (\"/\"). Non sceglietela troppo piccola, altrimenti non sarete\n"
+"(\"radice\") (\"/\"). Non sceglietela troppo piccola, altrimenti non sarete\n"
 "in grado di installare parte del software. Se poi volete archiviare i\n"
 "vostri dati su una partizione separata, dovrete assegnare una partizione\n"
 "anche a \"/home\" (ciò è possibile soltanto se avete a disposizione più\n"
@@ -1644,10 +1530,9 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list."
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country isn't in the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
 msgstr ""
 "\"%s\": controllate la selezione attuale della nazione. Se non corrisponde\n"
 "a quella in cui vivete, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" e indicate quella\n"
@@ -1657,37 +1542,30 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
 "\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
 "partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you don't have to reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
 "\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"won't be able to recover it.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
 "\n"
 "Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux operating system installation.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
 "bad blocks on the disk."
 msgstr ""
-"Qualsiasi partizione che sia stata appena creata deve essere formattata\n"
-"prima di poter essere usata; ''formattare'' significa creare un filesystem.\n"
-"\n"
-"Potreste anche voler formattare alcune partizioni preesistenti, per\n"
-"cancellare i dati che contengono. Se desiderate farlo, selezionatele\n"
-"all'interno dell'elenco.\n"
+"Se avete scelto di riutilizzare una o più partizioni GNU/Linux\n"
+"preesistenti, potreste volerne formattare qualcuna per cancellare i dati\n"
+"contenuti. In tal caso, selezionate anche quelle partizioni.\n"
 "\n"
 "Tenete presente che non è necessario formattare tutte le partizioni\n"
 "preesistenti. La formattazione è necessaria per le partizioni che\n"
@@ -1701,8 +1579,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "Cliccate su \"%s\" quando siete pronti ad avviare la formattazione.\n"
 "\n"
-"Cliccate su \"%s\" se volete cambiare la scelta delle partizioni su cui\n"
-"installare Mandrakelinux.\n"
+"Cliccate su \"%s\" se desiderate installare il vostro nuovo sistema\n"
+"operativo Mandrakelinux su partizioni diverse da quelle selezionate.\n"
 "\n"
 "Cliccate su \"%s\" se desiderate selezionare alcune delle partizioni\n"
 "affinché venga controllata la presenza di eventuali blocchi danneggiati su\n"
@@ -1711,22 +1589,21 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
-"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the\n"
-"selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
 "\n"
-"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
 "language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
 "have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
 "you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
-"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"country-set keyboard don't match. In either case, this installation step\n"
 "will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
 "keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
 msgstr ""
 "DrakX selezionerà automaticamente una particolare configurazione della\n"
@@ -1753,18 +1630,19 @@ msgstr ""
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
-"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
 "should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
-"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
 "\n"
 "The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
-"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
-"the installation you just configured.\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
 "\n"
-"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
 "\n"
 "    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
 "step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
@@ -1772,20 +1650,25 @@ msgid ""
 "    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
 "rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
 "\n"
-"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
-"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n"
-"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n"
-"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
 msgstr ""
 "Ecco fatto: l'installazione è terminata, e il vostro sistema GNU/Linux è\n"
 "pronto per essere usato. Dovete soltanto cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per\n"
 "riavviare il sistema. Non dimenticate di rimuovere il disco di\n"
 "installazione (CD-ROM o floppy). La prima cosa che vedrete, non appena il\n"
-"computer avrà terminato di effettuare i test prima del boot, è il menu del\n"
-"''bootloader'', che vi permetterà di scegliere il sistema operativo da\n"
+"computer avrà terminato di effettuare i test relativi all'avvio, è il menu\n"
+"del \"bootloader\", che vi permetterà di scegliere il sistema operativo da\n"
 "avviare.\n"
 "\n"
 "Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" compariranno altri due pulsanti:\n"
@@ -1811,10 +1694,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "sezione Installazione automatica sul nostro sito web per ulteriori\n"
 "informazioni.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": salva la selezione dei pacchetti effettuata durante\n"
-"l'installazione. Al momento di effettuare un'altra installazione, potrete\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): salva la selezione dei pacchetti effettuata durante\n"
+"l'installazione. Al momento di effettuare un'altra installazione potrete\n"
 "inserire il dischetto nel lettore e installare il sistema richiamando la\n"
-"schermata di aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<."
+"schermata di aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Sarà necessario un dischetto formattato con il filesystem FAT; per\n"
+"crearne uno con GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\", o \"fdformat /dev/fd0\"\n"
+"seguito da \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1898,8 +1785,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "partizioni del disco rigido.\n"
 "\n"
 "Per creare delle partizioni dovete, per prima cosa, selezionare un disco\n"
-"rigido. Potete scegliere il disco da partizionare cliccando su ''hda'' per\n"
-"il primo disco IDE, ''hdb'' per il secondo, ''sda'' per il primo disco\n"
+"rigido. Potete scegliere il disco da partizionare cliccando su \"hda\" per\n"
+"il primo disco IDE, \"hdb\" per il secondo, \"sda\" per il primo disco\n"
 "SCSI, e così via.\n"
 "\n"
 "Per partizionare il disco selezionato potete scegliere fra le seguenti\n"
@@ -1961,10 +1848,10 @@ msgstr ""
 " * Ctrl-m per impostare il punto di mount.\n"
 "\n"
 "Per ulteriori informazioni in merito ai diversi tipi di filesystem\n"
-"disponibili, consultate il capitolo ext2FS del ''Manuale di riferimento''.\n"
+"disponibili, consultate il capitolo ext2FS del \"Manuale di riferimento\".\n"
 "\n"
 "Se state effettuando l'installazione su una macchina PPC, sarà meglio\n"
-"creare una piccola partizione HFS di ''bootstrap'' di almeno 1 MB, che\n"
+"creare una piccola partizione HFS di \"bootstrap\" di almeno 1 MB, che\n"
 "verrà utilizzata dal bootloader yaboot. Se decidete di creare una\n"
 "partizione più grande, diciamo sui 50 MB, essa potrebbe rappresentare un\n"
 "utile deposito in cui conservare un kernel di riserva e immagini di avvio\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot
index a4a215b41..f320fcc6b 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot
@@ -5,59 +5,60 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
-"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
-"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
-"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
-"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandrakelinux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux system.\n"
 "\n"
 "Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
-"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
-"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
-"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
 "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
 "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
 "\n"
-"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
 "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
 "your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
 "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
 "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
 "a good idea to keep them.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
 "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
 "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
 "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
 "FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
-"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
-"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
 "recommended if you want to use both Mandrakelinux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
 "the same computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
 "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
-"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
-"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
-"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrakelinux system,\n"
-"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
-"choice after you confirm.\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrakelinux system, choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you won't be able to undo this operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
-"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
 "drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
 "easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
 "recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
@@ -132,8 +133,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Resolution\n"
 "\n"
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
 "configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
 msgstr ""
 "Разрешение\n"
@@ -146,42 +147,41 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
-"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
-"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
-"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
-"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
-"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
-"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n"
-"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n"
-"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n"
-"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n"
-"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n"
-"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n"
-"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point won't be authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system won't work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you won't affect the entire system.\n"
 "\n"
 "The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
 "-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
-"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
 "this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
 "the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
 "From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
-"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n"
-"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n"
-"ones at risk.\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
 "\n"
 "Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
-"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n"
-"you have finished adding users.\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
 "\n"
 "Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
 "that user (bash by default).\n"
 "\n"
-"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user who\n"
-"can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you\n"
-"are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security),\n"
-"choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". If you are\n"
-"not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and don't care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
 msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux это многопользовательская система, и это значит, что каждый\n"
 "пользователь может иметь свои собственные предпочтения, файлы и так далее.\n"
@@ -223,89 +223,25 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Take care to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
-"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Yaboot является загрузчиком для оборудования NewWorld MacIntosh и\n"
-"используется для загрузки GNU/Linux, MacOS или MacOSX. Обычно MacOS и\n"
-"MacOSX корректно определяются и инсталлируются в меню начального\n"
-"загрузчика. Если это не так, вы можете вручную добавить пункт на этом\n"
-"экране. Будьте внимательны при выборе корректных параметров.\n"
-"\n"
-"Основные опции Yaboot\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: простой текст, отображаемый перед приглашением загрузки.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: показывает, куда вы хотите поместить информацию, требуемую\n"
-"для загрузки GNU/Linux. Обычно сначала вы устанавливаете раздел bootstrap,\n"
-"содержащий эту информацию.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: в отличие от LILO, у yaboot имеются две паузы.\n"
-"Первая пауза измеряется в секундах, и на этом этапе вы можете выбрать CD,\n"
-"OF boot, MacOS или Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: этот таймаут похож на паузу загрузки LILO. После\n"
-"выбора Linux у вас будет пауза в 0.1 секунды перед тем, как будет выбрано\n"
-"ваше описание ядра по умолчанию;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: выбор этого параметра позволит вам ввести ``C'' для\n"
-"загрузки с CD в первом приглашении загрузчика.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: выбор этого параметра позволит вам ввести ``N'' для\n"
-"загрузки Open Firmware в первом приглашении загрузчика.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: вы можете выбрать ОС, которая будет загружаться по умолчанию\n"
-"по истечении паузы Open Firmware Delay."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
 "found on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrakelinux system:\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandrakelinux system:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
-"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
-"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
-"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrakelinux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrakelinux system. Your current partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data won't be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrakelinux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
 "to Mandrakelinux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
 msgstr ""
 "Этот шаг появляется только в случае, если на вашей машине найден старый\n"
@@ -332,17 +268,17 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrakelinux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have\n"
-"been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
-"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
-"install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
-"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+"By the time you install Mandrakelinux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
 msgstr ""
 "В данный момент установки Mandrakelinux было бы неплохо обновить некоторые\n"
 "пакеты из исходного релиза. Некоторые баги могут быть уже исправлены и\n"
@@ -359,77 +295,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer GRUB (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
-"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
-"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
-"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
-"default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
-"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
-"you need it, check this box.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
-"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
-"checking this box.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Be aware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrakelinux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
-"options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
-"are normally reserved for the expert user."
-msgstr ""
-"Этот диалог позволяет тонко настроить ваш начальный загрузчик:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": существуют три варианта начального загрузчика:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": если вы предпочитаете GRUB (текстовое меню).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": если вы предпочитаете LILO с текстовым интерфейсом меню.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": если вы предпочитаете LILO с графическим интерфейсом.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": в большинстве случаев вам не прийдется менять значение по\n"
-"умолчанию (\"%s\"), но если вы желаете, начальный загрузчик может быть\n"
-"установлен на второй жесткий диск (\"%s\"), или даже на дискету (\"%s\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": во время загрузки или перезагрузки компьютера пользователю\n"
-"предоставляется возможность выбрать в меню загрузчика отличный от умолчания\n"
-"вариант загрузки.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI это новый стандарт (появился в 2002 году) для управления\n"
-"питанием, в основном для ноутбуков. Если вам известно, что ваше\n"
-"оборудование поддерживает его и вам он нужен, отметьте этот пункт.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": Если у вас возникли проблемы с оборудованием машины (конфликты\n"
-"IRQ, нестабильная работа, зависания машины, ...), вам следует попробовать\n"
-"отключить APIC выбрав этот пункт.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Будьте осторожны при отмене установки начального загрузчика (нажатие\n"
-"здесь кнопки \"%s\" ведет к этому), потому что у вас должен остаться хотя\n"
-"бы один способ загрузить вашу систему Mandrakelinux! Также убедитесь в\n"
-"том, что вы знаете что делаете, когда изменяете какой-либо параметр. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"При нажатии на кнопку \"%s\" появится диалог со множеством опций для\n"
-"продвинутых пользователей."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
 "Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux operating system.\n"
@@ -496,32 +361,34 @@ msgid ""
 "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
 "WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrakelinux rely upon.\n"
 "\n"
-"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
-"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
 "\n"
 "   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
 "choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
 "   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
-"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
 "best suits your needs.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Resolution\n"
 "\n"
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
 "configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -530,21 +397,21 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 "   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
 "\n"
-"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
-"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
-"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
 "means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
-"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
 "menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
 msgstr ""
 "X (для системы X Window) это сердце графического интерфейса GNU/Linux, на\n"
 "базе которого работают все графические среды (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
@@ -605,34 +472,34 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrakelinux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
-"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandrakelinux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
 "if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you don't have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
 "will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
-"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
-"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it is compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrakelinux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
 msgstr ""
 "Теперь пришло время выбрать систему печати для вашего компьютера. Другие OS\n"
-"могут предложить вам одну, а Mandrakelinux предлагает две. Каждая из\n"
-"систем является лучшей для определенной конфигурации.\n"
+"могут предложить вам одну, а Mandrakelinux предлагает две. Каждая из систем\n"
+"является лучшей для определенной конфигурации.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\" -- что означает ``печатать, не ставить в очередь'' (``print,\n"
 "don't queue''), это удобный вариант, если вы напрямую подключены к своему\n"
@@ -659,22 +526,28 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrakelinux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandrakelinux, and to make it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
 "\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrakelinux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
-"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"Mandrakelinux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
-"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100% LSB-compliant.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
 "more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
@@ -684,9 +557,19 @@ msgid ""
 "interface available.\n"
 "\n"
 "Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
 "working graphical desktop.\n"
@@ -696,16 +579,8 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
 "to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
-"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
-"megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
-"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
-"be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
-"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
 msgstr ""
 "Теперь настало время определить, какие программы вы хотите установить в\n"
 "вашу систему. С Mandrakelinux поставляются тысячи пакетов и, для упрощения\n"
@@ -759,7 +634,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The Mandrakelinux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
 "selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
-"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
 msgstr ""
 "Инсталляция Mandrakelinux размещена на нескольких CD-ROMах. Если выбранный\n"
 "пакет находится на другом CD-ROM, DrakX будет отдавать текущий CD и просить\n"
@@ -769,12 +646,12 @@ msgstr ""
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
 "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
 "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
 "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
 "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
 "unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
@@ -783,27 +660,26 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
 "characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
-"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
 "\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"One caveat: don't make the password too long or too complicated because you\n"
 "must be able to remember it!\n"
 "\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
-"connect.\n"
+"The password won't be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
 "\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
 "\n"
 "If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you don't know which\n"
 "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
-"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
-"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
 msgstr ""
 "Это самое важное решение в деле безопасности вашей системы GNU/Linux: вы\n"
 "должны ввести пароль \"root\". \"Root\" является администратором системы, и\n"
@@ -863,39 +739,38 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
 "\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
 "\n"
 "!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
 "chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
 "installed. By default Mandrakelinux will automatically start any installed\n"
 "services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
 "security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrakelinux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
+"finalized. If you don't know what a particular service is supposed to do or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
 "\n"
 "The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
 "whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each them such\n"
-"that installation of one package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
 "package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
 "have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
 msgstr ""
 "Если вы сообщили инсталлятору, что вы хотите самостоятельно выбрать пакеты,\n"
 "тогда он покажет вам дерево, содержащее все пакеты, разделенные по группам\n"
@@ -931,20 +806,21 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"LILO and GRUB are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
 "\n"
 " * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
-"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
-" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
 "\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
-"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+"If DrakX can't determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" won't install any boot loader. Use this option only if you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
 msgstr ""
 "LILO и GRUB -- это начальные загрузчики GNU/Linux. Этот шаг обычно\n"
 "полностью автоматизирован. DrakX проанализирует загрузочный (boot) сектор\n"
@@ -1001,117 +877,24 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
-"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
-msgstr ""
-"Вы можете добавить в yaboot дополнительные пункты для других операционных\n"
-"систем, альтернативных ядер или для аварийного загрузочного образа.\n"
-"\n"
-"Для других OS пункт содержит только метку и раздел \"root\"\n"
-"\n"
-"Для Linux существует несколько возможных параметров:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Метка: это просто название, которое вы должны будете ввести в строке\n"
-"приглашения yaboot, чтобы выбрать этот вариант загрузки;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Образ: это название загружаемого ядра. Обычно это vmlinux или вариант\n"
-"vmlinux с расширением.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: устройство \"root\" или ``/'' для установки вашего Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Дополнение: на оборудовании Apple опция дополнения ядра довольно часто\n"
-"используется чтобы помочь при инициализации видеооборудования или чтобы\n"
-"включить на клавиатуре эмуляцию кнопок мыши для часто отсутствующих на\n"
-"стандартных мышах Apple 2-й и 3-й кнопок. Вот несколько примеров:\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
 "\n"
-"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: эта опция может быть использована либо для загрузки первичных\n"
-"модулей пока недоступно загрузочное устройство, либо для загрузки образа\n"
-"ramdisk в случае аварийной загрузки.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: по умолчанию размер ramdisk, как правило, составляет 4096\n"
-"Кбайт. Если вам необходимо разместить ramdisk больше, чем задано по\n"
-"умолчанию, может быть использована эта опция.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Чтение-запись: обычно раздел \"root\" сначала поднимается только для\n"
-"чтения, чтобы разрешить проверку файловой системы перед тем, как система\n"
-"``оживет''. Здесь вы можете переопределить эту опцию.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: если видеооборудование Apple окажется исключительно\n"
-"проблематичным, вы можете выбрать эту опцию для загрузки в режиме\n"
-"``novideo'' с родной поддержкой frame buffer.\n"
-"\n"
-" * По умолчанию: указывает этот пункт как выбор Linux по умолчанию, который\n"
-"выбирается простым нажатием на ENTER в строке приглашения yaboot. Этот\n"
-"пункт также будет отмечен ``*'', если вы нажмете [Tab], чтобы увидеть\n"
-"варианты загрузки."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
-"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
-"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
 "\n"
 "Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
 "be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
-"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
-"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
-"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
 "\n"
 "About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
-"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
-"still under development. For that reason, Mandrakelinux will be using it\n"
-"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrakelinux's use of UTF-8 will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
 "\n"
-" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
 "languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
 "iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1120,19 +903,19 @@ msgid ""
 " * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
 "the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
 "\n"
-" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
-"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
-"chosen.\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
 "\n"
 "Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
-"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
-"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will also be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
-"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
-"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
-"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
 msgstr ""
 "Ваш выбор предпочитаемого языка повлияет на язык документации, сам\n"
 "инсталлятор и систему в целом. Выберите сначала регион, в котором вы\n"
@@ -1176,10 +959,9 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
-"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
-"driver."
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
 msgstr ""
 "\"%s\": если в вашей системе найдена звуковая карта, здесь это будет\n"
 "показано. Если вы увидите, что показанная звуковая карта не соответствует\n"
@@ -1189,54 +971,21 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
-"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
-"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
-"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
-"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
-"changes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
-"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
-"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
-"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
-"operating systems!"
-msgstr ""
-"После того, как вы завершите настройку основных параметров загрузчика, на\n"
-"экране появится список параметров загрузки, которые будут доступны во время\n"
-"старта.\n"
-"\n"
-"Если на вашей машине установлены другие операционные системы, они\n"
-"автоматически будут добавлены в меню загрузки. Здесь вы можете сделать\n"
-"дополнительные настройки существующих параметров, выбрав \"%s\" для\n"
-"создания нового пункта; выбрав пункт и нажав \"%s\" или \"%s\" для\n"
-"изменения или удаления. Кнопка \"%s\" подтвердит ваши изменения.\n"
-"\n"
-"Вы можете сделать так, чтобы никто другой не мог получить доступа к\n"
-"остальным операционным системам. В таком случае вы можете удалить\n"
-"соответствующие пункты загрузки, однако, тогда вам будет нужен загрузочный\n"
-"диск, чтобы загружать остальные операционные системы!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
 "and will not be recoverable!"
 msgstr ""
 "Выберите жесткий диск, который нужно очистить для инсталляции вашего нового\n"
-"раздела Mandrakelinux. Будьте осторожны, все данные на нем будут потеряны\n"
-"и их нельзя будет восстановить!"
+"раздела Mandrakelinux. Будьте осторожны, все данные на нем будут потеряны и\n"
+"их нельзя будет восстановить!"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
 "wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
-"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
-"similar to the one used during installation."
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
 msgstr ""
 "\"%s\": по нажатию на кнопку \"%s\" откроется мастер настройки принтера.\n"
 "Прочитайте соответствующую главу в книге ``Стартовое руководство\n"
@@ -1248,10 +997,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
 msgstr ""
 "Параметры\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1272,19 +1021,18 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
-"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who\n"
-"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
-"address."
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you don't know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandrakelinux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
 msgstr ""
 "На этом этапе DrakX позволит вам выбрать для машины желаемый уровень\n"
 "безопасности. Как правило, уровень безопасности должен быть выше, если на\n"
@@ -1294,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "Если вы не знаете что выбрать, оставьте выбор по умолчанию. Вы сможете\n"
 "изменить этот уровень безопасности потом с помощью утилиты draksec из\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center.\n"
 "\n"
 "В поле \"%s\" системе указывается пользователь, который будет отвечать за\n"
 "безопасность. На этот адрес будут посылаться сообщения по безопасности."
@@ -1302,51 +1050,54 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
-"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
-"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
-"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
-"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
 "necessary.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"isn't in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
 "country list.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
 "you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
 "correct.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
-"change it if necessary.\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
 "configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
-"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it isn't\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
-"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that doesn't suit you, click on\n"
 "\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
-"configure it manually.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
-"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
-"card.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center after the installation has finished to benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
-"now.\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
 "previous step ().\n"
@@ -1356,10 +1107,12 @@ msgid ""
 "the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
 "firewall settings.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
-"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
 "on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
 "idea to review this setup."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1430,7 +1183,7 @@ msgstr ""
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
-"or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
 "suits your needs."
 msgstr ""
 "В случае, когда для вашей карты доступны различные сервера, с 3D ускорением\n"
@@ -1443,32 +1196,35 @@ msgid ""
 "Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
 "mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
 "configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
 "right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
 "a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
 "\n"
-"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
-"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
-"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
-"mouse up and down.\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
 "\n"
 "If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
 "from the list provided.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
 "displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
 "correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
 "\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
 "select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
 "the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
-"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
-"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
-"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
-"mouse."
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
 msgstr ""
 "Обычно у DrakX не возникает проблем с определением количества кнопок вашей\n"
 "мыши. Если все-таки у него это не получается, тогда он будет рассматривать\n"
@@ -1498,69 +1254,14 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
-"Mandrakelinux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
-"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
-"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
-"button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
-"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"About Winmodem Connection. Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems\n"
-"that require additional software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of\n"
-"those modems actually work under Mandrakelinux, some others do not. You\n"
-"can consult the list of supported modems at LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Теперь у вас есть возможность настроить ваше соединение Интернет/Сеть. Если\n"
-"вы хотите подключить ваш компьютер к Интернет или локальной сети, нажмите\n"
-"\"%s\". Mandrakelinux попытается автоматически определить сетевые\n"
-"устройства и модемы. Если автоопределение не пройдет, снимите выбор с опции\n"
-"\"%s\". Кроме того, вы можете не выбирать настройку сети или сделать это\n"
-"позже. В этом случае просто нажмите кнопку \"%s\", чтобы перейти к\n"
-"следующему шагу.\n"
-"\n"
-"Для настройки сети вам доступны следующие опции соединений: Обычное\n"
-"модемное соединение, Win-модемное соединение, ISDN модем, ADSL соединение,\n"
-"кабельный модем, и, наконец, простое подключение к LAN (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"Здесь мы не будем подробно останавливаться на каждой опции конфигурации.\n"
-"Просто убедитесь в том, что все необходимые параметры, такие как IP адрес,\n"
-"шлюз по умолчанию, DNS сервера и т.д. были вам выданы вашим поставщиком\n"
-"услуг Интернет (Internet Service Provider) или системным администратором.\n"
-"\n"
-"По поводу Win-модемного соединения Win-модемы это специальные\n"
-"интегрированные дешевые модемы, которые требуют для работы, в отличии от\n"
-"обычных модемов, дополнительное программное обеспечение. Некоторые из таких\n"
-"модемов уже работают в Mandrakelinux, некоторые нет. Список поддерживаемых\n"
-"модемов вы можете получить на LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"Вы можете ознакомиться с деталями настройки в главе о соединениях Интернет\n"
-"в книге ``Стартовое руководство пользователя'', или просто подождать, пока\n"
-"ваша система будет установлена и использовать описанную в этом руководстве\n"
-"программу для настройки соединения."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Graphic Card\n"
 "\n"
 "   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
 "choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
 "   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
-"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
 "best suits your needs."
 msgstr ""
 "Видеокарта\n"
@@ -1577,9 +1278,9 @@ msgstr ""
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
-"covers the entire Mandrakelinux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
-"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
-"will reboot your computer."
+"covers the entire Mandrakelinux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
 msgstr ""
 "Прежде чем продолжить, вы должны внимательно прочитать условия лицензии.\n"
 "Лицензия распространяется на весь дистрибутив Mandrakelinux. Если вы\n"
@@ -1589,22 +1290,21 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
 "time.\n"
 "\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which aren't needed at boot\n"
 "time.\n"
 "\n"
 "A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
 "it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
 "\n"
 "!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
+"server: you probably don't want to start any services which you don't need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
 msgstr ""
 "Этот диалог используется для выбора сервисов, которые должны стартовать при\n"
 "загрузке системы.\n"
@@ -1627,9 +1327,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
 msgstr ""
 "Монитор\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1645,13 +1345,13 @@ msgid ""
 "motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
 "\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
 "hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
-"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
 "\n"
-"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
-"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
-"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
-"other machines on your local network as well."
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
 msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux управляет временем в GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) и транслирует его\n"
 "в локальное согласно выбранного вами часового пояса. Если часы на вашей\n"
@@ -1734,10 +1434,9 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list."
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country isn't in the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
 msgstr ""
 "\"%s\": проверьте текущий выбор страны Если вы находитесь не в этой стране,\n"
 "нажмите на кнопку \"%s\" и выберите другую. Если ваша страна не\n"
@@ -1747,29 +1446,25 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
 "\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
 "partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you don't have to reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
 "\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"won't be able to recover it.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
 "\n"
 "Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux operating system installation.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
 "bad blocks on the disk."
 msgstr ""
 "Все вновь созданные разделы должны быть отформатированы для того, чтобы их\n"
@@ -1791,8 +1486,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "Нажмите \"%s\", когда будете готовы начать форматирование разделов.\n"
 "\n"
-"Нажмите \"%s\", если вы хотите выбрать другой раздел для установки Mandrake\n"
-"Linux.\n"
+"Нажмите \"%s\", если вы хотите выбрать другой раздел для установки\n"
+"Mandrakelinux.\n"
 "\n"
 "Нажмите \"%s\", если хотите выбрать разделы, которые следует проверить на\n"
 "сбойные блоки (bad blocks)."
@@ -1800,22 +1495,21 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
-"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the\n"
-"selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
 "\n"
-"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
 "language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
 "have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
 "you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
-"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"country-set keyboard don't match. In either case, this installation step\n"
 "will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
 "keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
 msgstr ""
 "В зависимости от языка по умолчанию, который вы выбрали в разделе , DrakX\n"
@@ -1840,18 +1534,19 @@ msgstr ""
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
-"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
 "should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
-"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
 "\n"
 "The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
-"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
-"the installation you just configured.\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
 "\n"
-"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
 "\n"
 "    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
 "step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
@@ -1859,13 +1554,18 @@ msgid ""
 "    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
 "rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
 "\n"
-"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
-"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n"
-"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n"
-"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
 msgstr ""
 "И вот вы здесь. Установка завершена, и ваша система GNU/Linux готова к\n"
 "использованию. Просто нажмите \"%s\", чтобы перезагрузить систему. Первое,\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-zh_CN.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-zh_CN.pot
index 4a525267a..83d00c7f6 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-zh_CN.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-zh_CN.pot
@@ -5,59 +5,138 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
-"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
-"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
-"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
-"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrakelinux's use of UTF-8 will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"第一步是选择您首选的语言。\n"
+"\n"
+"您对首选语言的选择将影响安装程序、文档及系统的总体配置。请先选择您所在的地区，然后选择您讲的语言。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"单击\"%s\"按钮以后，您可以选择要在您的工作站上安装哪些额外的语言，即为系统文档和应用程序安装特定语言的文件。例如，如果您的计算机要为繁体中文的用户提供服务，请在树视图中选择简体中文作为默认语言，然后在高级选项中选择\"%s\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"关于 UTF-8 (Unicode) 支持：Unicode 是一种新的字符编码，该编码可支持所有现存的语言。但是，在 GNU/Linux 下完全支持\n"
+"Unicode，仍然在开发和完善中。由此原因，Mandrakelinux 会根据用户的选择是否使用 UTF-8：\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果您所选的语言自身有强制性的编码(latin1 语言、俄语、日语、中文、朝鲜语、泰语、希腊语、土耳其语及大多数 iso-8859-2\n"
+"语言)，则会默认使用强制编码；\n"
+"\n"
+" * 其它语言默认会使用 Unicode；\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果需要两种或更多种语言，而这两种语言所使用的编码并不相同，则整个系统都会使用 Unicode；\n"
+"\n"
+" * 最后，如果要强制系统使用 Unicode，而不管选中的是哪个或哪些语言，则应选中选项\"%s\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"请注意，系统没有限制您只能选择一种额外的语言。您可以选择多种语言，甚至选择\"%s\"框表明您想要安装全部语言。选择支持某种语言，意味着同时安装该语言的翻译、字体、拼写检查程序等等。\n"
+"\n"
+"要在系统中所安装的不同语言之间切换，请以 \"root\" 身份执行 \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\"\n"
+"命令，这样可以更改整个系统所用的语言。以普通用户执行该命令，只会更改特定用户的语言设置。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"：如果在您的系统中检测到了声卡，则会在此处显示。如果您发现在此显示的声卡与您系统中实际安装的声卡并不相同，您可以单击该按钮选择不同的驱动程序。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandrakelinux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux system.\n"
 "\n"
 "Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
-"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
-"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
-"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
 "simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
 "rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
 "\n"
-"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
 "drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
 "your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
 "be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
 "The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
 "a good idea to keep them.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
 "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
 "GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
 "data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
 "FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
-"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
-"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
 "recommended if you want to use both Mandrakelinux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
 "the same computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
 "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
-"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
-"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
-"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrakelinux system,\n"
-"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
-"choice after you confirm.\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrakelinux system, choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you won't be able to undo this operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
-"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
 "drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
 "easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
 "recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
@@ -68,38 +147,37 @@ msgstr ""
 "操作系统安装到硬盘的何处。如果您的硬盘完全是空的，或者已有操作系统使用了所有的空间，您就必须要对硬盘进行分区。粗略的说，对硬盘进行分区就是将其划分成几个逻辑上不同的部分，以便创建安装您新的\n"
 "Mandrakelinux 系统所需的空间。\n"
 "\n"
-"\n"
-"对硬盘进行分区通常是不可恢复的。并且，如果在该硬盘上已经安装了操作系统的话，将可能最终导致数据丢失。所以，对于没有经验的用户来说，分区是十分危险的操作。所幸的是，DrakX\n"
+"由于对硬盘进行分区通常是不可恢复的，并且可能导致数据丢失，所以对于没有经验的用户来说，分区是十分危险的操作。所幸的是，DrakX\n"
 "所包含的向导能够显著简化这一过程。在继续这一步骤之前，请花点时间仔细阅读本节及以上的所有内容。\n"
 "\n"
 "根据您的硬盘配置不同，您可从以下选项中加以选择：\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：此选项将对您的空驱动器执行自动分区。如果您使用此选项，则不会有任何后续的提示。\n"
+" * \"%s\"。此选项将对您的空驱动器执行自动分区。如果您使用此选项，则不会有任何后续的提示。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：向导检测到了硬盘上有一个或多个已有的 Linux\n"
-"分区。如果您想要使用这些分区，请选择此选项。稍后，安装程序会让您选择与每个分区关联的挂载点。先前的挂载点默认已经选中了，而您所需要做的仅仅是保留这些选项。\n"
+" * \"%s\"。向导检测到了硬盘上有一个或多个已有的 Linux\n"
+"分区。如果您想要使用这些分区，请选择此选项。稍后，安装程序会让您选择与每个分区关联的挂载点。先前的挂载点默认已经选中了，而保留这些选项是个不错的主意。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：如果在您的硬盘上安装了 Microsoft Windows，而该操作系统占用了所有的空间，您就需要为 GNU/Linux\n"
-"创建剩余空间。要完成这一操作，您可以删除您的 Microsoft Windows 分区和数据(参看“删除整个磁盘”方案)，或者更改\n"
+" * \"%s\"。如果在您的硬盘上安装了 Microsoft Windows，而该操作系统占用了所有的空间，您就需要为 GNU/Linux\n"
+"创建剩余空间。要完成这一操作，您可以删除您的 Microsoft Windows 分区和数据(参看``删除整个磁盘''方案)，或者更改\n"
 "Microsoft Windows FAT 或 NTFS 分区的大小。更改分区大小通常不会造成任何数据丢失，但您必须事先对 Windows\n"
 "分区进行了磁盘碎片整理。我们强烈推荐您事先备份您的数据。如果您想要在同一台计算机上使用 Mandrakelinux 和 Microsoft\n"
 "Windows，则推荐使用此选项。\n"
 "\n"
-"   注意，在执行这一过程之后，您原有的 Microsoft Windows 分区将会被先前小一些。而您在 Microsoft Windows\n"
+"   注意，在执行这一过程之后，您原有的 Microsoft Windows 分区将会比先前小一些。而您在 Microsoft Windows\n"
 "下可用来存储数据或安装新软件的剩余空间也会变少。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：如果您想要删除硬盘上的全部数据和全部分区，并将其替换为全新的 Mandrakelinux\n"
+" * \"%s\"。如果您想要删除硬盘上的全部数据和全部分区，并将其替换为全新的 Mandrakelinux\n"
 "系统，请选择此选项。请额外小心，因为在您确认之后，此操作无法撤销。\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! 如果您选择了此选项，您硬盘上的全部数据都将被删除。 !!\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：这将删除硬盘上的全部内容，然后从头开始进行分区。您硬盘上的全部数据都将丢失。\n"
+" * \"%s\"。当硬盘完全被 Microsoft Windows 占用时，会出现此选项。选择此选项将删除硬盘上的全部内容，然后从头开始进行分区。\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! 如果您选择了此选项，您硬盘上的全部数据都将被删除。 !!\n"
 "\n"
 " *\n"
-"\"%s\"：如果您想要手动对您的硬盘进行分区，请选择此选项。请额外小心——该功能十分强大，但也很危险，您可能在不经意之间毁掉您的全部数据。这也正是为什么我们只对那些以前执行过类似操作并有些经验的用户才推荐此选项的原因。要获得关于如何使用\n"
-"DiskDrake 工具的更多说明，请参阅 “初学者指南” 一书中的 “管理您的分区”一节。"
+"\"%s\"。如果您想要手动对您的硬盘进行分区，请选择此选项。请额外小心——该功能十分强大，但也很危险，您可能在不经意之间毁掉您的全部数据。这也正是为什么我们只对那些以前执行过类似操作并有些经验的用户才推荐此选项的原因。要获得关于如何使用\n"
+"DiskDrake 工具的更多说明，请参阅``初学者指南''一书中的``管理您的分区''一节。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -107,65 +185,75 @@ msgid ""
 "Resolution\n"
 "\n"
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
 "configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
 msgstr ""
 "分辨率\n"
 "\n"
-"   您可以在此选择分辨率和颜色深度，但您的硬件要支持。请选择最适合您需要的选项(您在安装完成之后仍可进行修改)。所选配置的例子会显示在显示器上。"
+"   \n"
+"您可以在此选择分辨率和颜色深度，但您的显示卡硬件要支持。请选择最适合您需要的选项(您在安装完成之后仍可进行修改)。所选配置的例子会显示在显示器上。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"：单击\"%s\"按钮将打开打印机配置向导。请参看``初学者指南''中的相应章节，其中详细描述了如何设置新打印机。那里给出的界面与安装时所用的界面大体相同。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
-"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
-"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
-"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
-"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
-"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
-"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n"
-"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n"
-"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n"
-"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n"
-"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n"
-"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n"
-"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point won't be authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system won't work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you won't affect the entire system.\n"
 "\n"
 "The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
 "-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
-"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
 "this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
 "the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
 "From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
-"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n"
-"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n"
-"ones at risk.\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
 "\n"
 "Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
-"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n"
-"you have finished adding users.\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
 "\n"
 "Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
 "that user (bash by default).\n"
 "\n"
-"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user who\n"
-"can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you\n"
-"are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security),\n"
-"choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". If you are\n"
-"not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and don't care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
 msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux 是多用户系统，这意味着每个用户可拥有自己独立的首选项，以及自己的文件，等等。若要了解关于多用户系统的更多内容，建议您阅读\n"
-"``初学者指南''。但是与系统管理员 \"root\"\n"
+"GNU/Linux 是多用户系统，这意味着每个用户可拥有自己独立的首选项，以及自己的文件，等等。但是与系统管理员 \"root\"\n"
 "不同，您在此处添加的用户所能做的更改将仅限于他们自己的文件及他们自己的配置，这可使系统免遭有意无意的破坏。您至少需要为您自己创建一个普通用户 --\n"
 "这应该是您每天所使用的主要账户。尽管以 \"root\"\n"
-"登录很容易，您可以不受任何限制的完成任何操作，但这很危险！非常低级的错误就可能让您的系统再也无法启动。如果您以普通用户的身份犯了非常危险的错误，最坏的情况也就是丢失某些信息，而不会影响整个系统。\n"
+"登录很容易，您可以不受任何限制地完成任何操作，但这很危险！非常低级的错误就可能让您的系统再也无法启动。如果您以普通用户的身份犯了非常危险的错误，最坏的情况也就是丢失某些信息，而不会影响整个系统。\n"
 "\n"
-"第一个域会询问您的真实姓名。当然，这并不是必需的 -- 您当然可以输入你喜欢的任何内容。DrakX\n"
-"将会使用您在此域中输入的第一个单词作为\"%s\"域的初始值，即此用户登录系统所用的名称。如果您喜欢的话，您也可以不使用默认值，而换用您喜欢的用户名。下一步就是输入密码。从安全的角度来说，非特权(普通)用户密码并没有\n"
-"\"root\" 密码那么需要保密，但是也没有理由忽视这个密码，而将其留空或设置得太简单：反正，您自己的文件将会是最危险的。\n"
+"第一个输入框会要求您输入真实姓名。当然，这并不是必需的 -- 您当然可以输入你喜欢的任何内容。DrakX\n"
+"将会使用您在此输入框中输入的第一个单词作为\"%s\"的初始值，即此用户登录系统所用的名称。如果您喜欢的话，您也可以不使用默认值，而换用您喜欢的用户名。下一步就是输入密码。从安全的角度来说，非特权(普通)用户密码并没有\n"
+"\"root\" 密码那么需要保密，但是也没有理由忽视这个密码，而将其留空或设置得太简单：毕竟，您得为您自己的文件负责。\n"
 "\n"
-"您单击\"%s\"之后，您还可以添加其它用户。可以为您的每个朋友添加一个用户：例如，您的父亲或您的妹妹。当您添加完用户之后，请单击\"%s\"。\n"
+"您单击\"%s\"之后，您还可以为您的亲朋好友分别添加用户。当您添加完用户之后，请单击\"%s\"。\n"
 "\n"
 "单击\"%s\"按钮允许您更改该用户的默认 \"shell\"(默认为 bash)。\n"
 "\n"
@@ -175,57 +263,40 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Take care to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
-"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"Options\n"
 "\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
 msgstr ""
-"Yaboot 是各种新一代 Macintosh 硬件的引导程序，可以用于引导 GNU/Linux、MacOS 或\n"
-"MacOSX。通常情况下，引导程序会正确检测到 MacOS 和\n"
-"MacOSX，并将它们列在引导程序的菜单中。如果不是这样，您可以在此屏幕手工输入新的选项。请仔细检查输入的参数。\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot 的主要选项：\n"
-"\n"
-" * 初始信息：引导提示前显示的简单文本信息。\n"
-"\n"
-" * 引导设备：表明您想要将 GNU/Linux 启动所需信息放置在哪里。通常情况下，您应当先设置一个自举分区来存放此信息。\n"
-"\n"
-" * 开放固件延迟：不像 LILO，yaboot 中有两个延迟。您可以在此选择第一个延迟，单位是秒，您可以在 CD、OF 引导、MacOS 或\n"
-"Linux 之间选择。\n"
-"\n"
-" * 内核引导延迟：此延迟与 LILO 引导延迟类似。选择 Linux 之后，您可以在选择默认内核描述之前等待多少个 0.1 秒\n"
+"选项\n"
 "\n"
-" * 启用CD引导?：选中此选项将允许您在第一个启动提示时选择``C''用 CD 启动。\n"
+"   您可以在此选择是否想要在计算机启动的时候就切换到图形界面。显然，如果本机将用作服务器，或者您的显示配置还没有成功，您可能想要选择\"%s\"。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you don't know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandrakelinux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"在这里，DrakX 将允许您选择计算机要使用的安全级别。说的直白一点，如果计算机将包含关键数据，或者将直接暴露于 Internet\n"
+"之下，则应该设置较高的安全级别。较高的安全级别通常以损失易用性作为代价。\n"
 "\n"
-" * 启用OF引导?：选中此选项将允许您在第一个启动提示时选择``N''用开放固件引导。\n"
+"如果您不知道要选择什么，请保持默认选项。您可以稍后从 Mandrakelinux Control Center的一部分 draksec\n"
+"来更改安全级别。\n"
 "\n"
-" * 默认操作系统：您可以选择在开放固件延迟到时后默认引导哪个操作系统。"
+"请在\"%s\"域中填入要负责安全的人的电子邮件地址。安全信息将被发送到该地址。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -233,21 +304,22 @@ msgid ""
 "This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
 "found on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrakelinux system:\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandrakelinux system:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
-"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
-"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
-"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrakelinux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrakelinux system. Your current partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data won't be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrakelinux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
 "to Mandrakelinux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
 msgstr ""
 "仅当在您的计算机上发现了已有的 GNU/Linux 分区，才会激活这一步骤。\n"
@@ -255,7 +327,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "DrakX 现在需要知道您是想要执行全新安装，还是升级已有的 Mandrakelinux 系统：\n"
 "\n"
 " *\n"
-"\"%s\"：总体来说，这将完全销毁旧系统。如果您想要更改硬盘的分区方案，或者更该文件系统，您就应该使用此选项。但是，根据您选择的分区方案，您可以让现有的数据免于覆盖。\n"
+"\"%s\"：总体来说，这将完全销毁旧系统。但是，根据您选择的分区方案，您可以让现有的数据(比如\"主\"目录)免于覆盖。如果您想要更改硬盘的分区方案，或者更该文件系统，您就应该使用此选项。\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\"：这一安装级别允许您更新目前安装在您 Mandrakelinux\n"
 "系统上的软件包。您的分区方案和用户数据都不会被破坏。绝大多数配置步骤仍然可用，与标准安装类似。\n"
@@ -266,85 +338,195 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"isn't in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
 "\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer GRUB (text menu).\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
 "\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it isn't\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
 "\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that doesn't suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
-"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
-"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center after the installation has finished to benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
-"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
-"default.\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
-"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
-"you need it, check this box.\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
-"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
-"checking this box.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
 "\n"
-"!! Be aware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrakelinux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
-"options. !!\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandrakelinux Control Center.\n"
 "\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
-"are normally reserved for the expert user."
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
 msgstr ""
-"此对话框允许调整您的引导程序：\n"
+"作为概览，DrakX\n"
+"将会将它所发现的关于系统的信息概览显示出来。根据您所安装的硬件不同，您可能会看到以下各项的部分或全部。每项由几个可配置的硬件项组成，而每个条目后面都列出了当前配置的概览。单击相应的\"%s\"按钮可进行更改。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：检查当前的键盘映射配置，如果需要的话进行更改。\n"
+"\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"：检查当前的国家选择。如果您并非在这个国家，请单击\"%s\"按钮，并选择另外的选项。如果您的国家在第一个列表中并没有显示出来，单击\"%s\"按钮可获得完整的国家列表。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：您可选择以下三种引导程序之一：\n"
+" * \"%s\"：默认情况下，DrakX 会根据您所选的国家猜测您的时区。如果时区不对的话，您可以单击此处的\"%s\"按钮。\n"
 "\n"
-"    * \"%s\"：如果您更喜欢 GRUB (文本菜单)。\n"
+" * \"%s\"：检查当前的鼠标配置，如果需要的话单击按钮进行修改。\n"
 "\n"
-"    * \"%s\"：如果您更喜欢文本菜单界面的 LILO。\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"：单击\"%s\"按钮将打开打印机配置向导。请参看``初学者指南''中的相应章节，其中详细描述了如何设置新打印机。那里给出的界面与安装时所用的界面大体相同。\n"
 "\n"
-"    * \"%s\"：如果您更喜欢带图形界面的 LILO。\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"：如果在您的系统中检测到了声卡，则会在此处显示。如果您发现在此显示的声卡与您系统中实际安装的声卡并不相同，您可以单击该按钮选择不同的驱动程序。\n"
 "\n"
 " *\n"
-"\"%s\"：通常您不需要更改默认的引导设备(\"%s\")，但是如果您愿意的话，引导程序也可以安装在第二块硬盘上(\"%s\")，甚至是软盘上(\"%s\")；\n"
+"\"%s\"：如果在您的系统中检测到了电视卡，则会在此显示关于其配置的信息。如果您安装了电视卡，但并未被正确检测到，请单击\"%s\"尝试手动进行配置。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：当开机或重新启动系统时，会在控制台中留给用户指定的时间，以便可以选择除默认值外的其它引导项。\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您觉得检测的配置有错，可以点击\"%s\"来更改与该卡关联的参数。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：ACPI 是电源管理的新标准(在 2002 年出现)，主要针对便携电脑。如果您知道您的硬件支持这一功能而您需要该功能，请选中此框。\n"
+" * \"%s\"：默认情况下，DrakX 会将您的图形界面配置为 \"800x600\" 或 \"1024x768\"\n"
+"分辨率。如果这不适合您的话，请单击\"%s\"重新配置您的图形界面。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：如果您在您的计算机上遇到了硬件问题(IRQ 冲突、不稳定、死机……)您可以选中此框来试着禁用 APIC。\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您想要配置您的 Internet 或局域网访问，现在就可以进行。请参考印刷文档或在安装完成后使用 Mandrakelinux\n"
+"Control Center来获得完整的在线帮助。\n"
 "\n"
-"!! 注意：如果您在这里选择不安装开机引导程序(选择\"%s\")，您必须保证您可以通过其它方法引导您的 Mandrakelinux\n"
-"系统！不管修改任何选项，一定要清楚您在做什么！ !!\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您所安装的计算机位于代理服务器之后，这里将允许您配置 HTTP 和 FTP 代理服务器地址。\n"
 "\n"
-"单击此对话框中的\"%s\"按钮可为专家用户提供高级的选项。"
+" * \"%s\"：此项允许您重新调整安全级别，与以前的步骤完全相同()。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您计划将您的计算机连接到\n"
+"Internet，那么保护您的计算机免于攻击的有效方法就是设置防火墙。请参考``初学者指南''中的相应章节，以获得关于防火墙设置的细节。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您想要更改您的引导程序配置，请单击此按钮。这仅适用于高级用户。请参考印刷文档或 Mandrakelinux Control\n"
+"Center中关于引导程序配置的帮助。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：在此您可以精确调整要在您的计算机上运行哪些服务。如果您要将此计算机用作服务器，那么应该复查这一设置。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"如果您的显示卡支持不同的服务器，为了选择是否要启用 3D 加速，您应该在这里选择符合您需要的服务器。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrakelinux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have\n"
-"been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
-"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
-"install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
-"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+"By the time you install Mandrakelinux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
 msgstr ""
 "在您安装 Mandrakelinux\n"
-"的这个时候，很可能有些软件包在发行之后已经更新。有些故障已经被修正，有些问题已经被解决。为了利用这些更新，您最好从 Internet\n"
+"的这个时候，很可能有些软件包在发行之后已经更新。有些故障已经被修正，有些安全问题已经被解决。为了让您能够享用这些更新，您现在可以从 Internet\n"
 "上下载它们。如果您的 Internet 连接已经可以使用，请选择\"%s\"。如果您愿意以后再升级，请选择\"%s\"。\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
-"选择\"%s\"将显示一个清单，其中列出的地方都提供了更新软件包。请选择其中连接速度最快的一个，通常在您所在同一个国家会快一些。之后会出现一个可以下载的软件包清单：检查选项然后单击\"%s\"来获取并安装选中的软件包，要停止请单击\"%s\"。"
+"选择\"%s\"将显示一个清单，其中列出的地方都提供了更新软件包。您应该选择离您地理位置较近的镜像。之后会出现一个可以下载的软件包选择树：复查选项，然后单击\"%s\"来获取并安装选中的软件包，要终止请单击\"%s\"。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"通常情况下，DrakX\n"
+"能够正确检测到您的鼠标有几个按键。如果检测不正确的话，就会假定您有一个两键鼠标，并配置为模拟第三键。如果您想在两键鼠标上使用第三键的话，只需同时按下左右键。DrakX\n"
+"会自动确定您的鼠标所使用的端口，是 PS/2、串口，还是 USB 接口。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您的三键鼠标没有滚轮，您可以选择\"%s\"类型的鼠标。DrakX 就会配置您的鼠标来模拟滚轮：只需按下中键，然后上下移动鼠标。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果因为某些原因，您希望指定不同类型的鼠标，请从提供的列表中进行选择。\n"
+"\n"
+"您可以选择\"%s\"选项来选择``通用''鼠标类型，这样基本会适应任何鼠标。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您选择了不同于默认值的鼠标，会出现一个测试屏幕。请用您鼠标的按键和滚轮来验证设置是否正确，鼠标是否工作正常。如果鼠标工作不正常，请按空格键或\n"
+"[Enter] 键取消测试，返回到可供选择的鼠标列表中。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"滚轮鼠标有时可能无法自动检测，所以您可能需要从列表中进行选择。请确定您选对了鼠标所连接的端口。选择鼠标后，单击\"%s\"按钮，会在屏幕上出现鼠标图像。试着滚动滚轮，以确保滚轮可以正常激活。您在滚动鼠标滚轮的同时应该看到屏幕上的滚轮也在滚动。另外，也应该测试一下鼠标按钮，鼠标指针的移动应该和鼠标的操作保持一致。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -353,32 +535,34 @@ msgid ""
 "on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
 "WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrakelinux rely upon.\n"
 "\n"
-"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
-"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
 "\n"
 "   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
 "choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
 "   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
-"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
 "best suits your needs.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Resolution\n"
 "\n"
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
 "configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -387,28 +571,30 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 "   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
 "\n"
-"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
-"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
-"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
 "means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
-"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
 "menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
 msgstr ""
 "X(代表 X 窗口系统)是 GNU/Linux 图形界面的核心部分。Mandrakelinux\n"
 "附带的所有图形环境(KDE、GNOME、AfterStep、WindowMaker 等)都依赖于该系统。\n"
 "\n"
-"您将会看到不同的参数列表，以便进行图形显示选项的更改来达到最佳状态。其中包括： 显示卡\n"
+"您将会看到不同的参数列表，以便进行图形显示选项的更改来达到最佳状态。其中包括：\n"
+"\n"
+"显示卡\n"
 "\n"
-"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示卡。如果不幸您的显示卡未被检测出来，您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示卡。\n"
+"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示卡。如果检测的结果不对，您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示卡。\n"
 "\n"
 "   如果您的显示卡支持不同的服务器，为了选择是否要启用 3D 加速，您应该在这里选择符合您需要的服务器。\n"
 "\n"
@@ -416,13 +602,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "显示器\n"
 "\n"
-"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示器。如果不幸您的显示器未被检测出来，您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示器。\n"
+"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示器。如果检测的结果不对，您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示器。\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "分辨率\n"
 "\n"
-"   您可以在此选择分辨率和颜色深度，但您的硬件要支持。请选择最适合您需要的选项(您在安装完成之后仍可进行修改)。所选配置的例子会显示在显示器上。\n"
+"   \n"
+"您可以在此选择分辨率和颜色深度，但您的显示卡硬件要支持。请选择最适合您需要的选项(您在安装完成之后仍可进行修改)。所选配置的例子会显示在显示器上。\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -430,43 +617,43 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "   根据您的硬件，此项可能不会出现。\n"
 "\n"
-"   系统将会以所选的分辨率打开图形屏幕。如果您在测试时可以看到提示，请回答\"%s\"，DrakX\n"
-"就会执行安装的下一步骤。如果您看不到任何提示，这意味着自动检测的某一部分不正确，测试将会在 12\n"
-"秒后自动结束，这将被您带回菜单。请更改设置，直到您能够看到正确的图形显示为止。\n"
+"   系统将会以所选的分辨率打开图形屏幕。如果您在测试时看到了提示，请回答\"%s\"，DrakX\n"
+"就会执行安装的下一步骤。如果您没有看到任何提示，这意味着自动检测的某一部分不正确，测试将会在 12\n"
+"秒后自动结束，并把您带回菜单。请更改设置，直到您能够看到正确的图形显示为止。\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "选项\n"
 "\n"
-"   您可以在此选择是否想要在计算机启动的时候就切换到图形界面。显然，如果本机将用作服务器，或者您的显示配置还没有成功，您应该选择\"%s\"。"
+"   您可以在此选择是否想要在计算机启动的时候就切换到图形界面。显然，如果本机将用作服务器，或者您的显示配置还没有成功，您可能想要选择\"%s\"。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrakelinux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
-"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandrakelinux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
 "if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you don't have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
 "will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
-"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
-"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it is compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrakelinux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
 msgstr ""
 "现在，应该为您的计算机选择打印系统了。其它的操作系统也许只提供了一种选择，但 Mandrakelinux\n"
 "提供了两种。每种打印系统都能够在不同的配置中大展身手。\n"
@@ -475,768 +662,271 @@ msgstr ""
 "这是``不排队打印''的缩写。如果您的打印机是直接连接在这台电脑上的，您也不会打印太多的任务，更不会使用网络打印机，那么请选择本系统。(\"%s\"\n"
 "只能应付极为简单的网络情况，而且在网络中使用也很慢。)如果您从来没有使用过 GNU/Linux，那么推荐您使用\"pdq\"。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\" - ``通用 Unix\n"
+" * \"%s\" -``通用 Unix\n"
 "打印系统''，不论是打印到本地打印机，还是打印到地球另一面的网络打印机，本系统都能完全胜任。它配置简单，甚至可以作为老式 \"lpd\n"
 "\"打印系统的服务器和客户机。所以即便是老得掉牙的操作系统需要打印服务的话，都可以顺畅的应用本系统。尽管它的功能十分强大，可它的基本设置仍然和\n"
 "\"pdq\" 一样简单。如果您想模拟一台 \"lpd\" 服务器，不要忘了打开 \"cups-lpd \" 守护程序。\"%s\"\n"
 "还包括一个图形界面，可用来打印或选择打印机选项，以及管理打印机。\n"
 "\n"
-"如果您现在进行了选择，但稍后又发现您并不喜欢所选择的打印系统，可以轻松修改。只需从 Mandrake Control Center 中选择\n"
-"PrinterDrake，然后单击专家按钮。"
+"如果您现在进行了选择，但稍后又发现您并不喜欢所选择的打印系统，可以轻松修改。只需从 Mandrakelinux Control Center中选择\n"
+"PrinterDrake，然后单击\"%s\"按钮。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrakelinux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
-"\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrakelinux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
-"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' category installed.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
-"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
-"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
-"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
-"interface available.\n"
-"\n"
-"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
-"working graphical desktop.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
-"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
-"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
-"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
-"megabytes.\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
 "\n"
-"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
-"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
-"be installed.\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
-"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
 msgstr ""
-"现在该指定要在您的系统中安装哪些程序了。Mandrakelinux\n"
-"为您准备了数千个软件包。而为了使管理软件包更加容易，软件包已经按组重新进行了分配。\n"
-"\n"
-"软件包已经根据您计算机的不同用途被分成了不同的组。Mandrakelinux\n"
-"将软件包组分成了四个类别。您可以从不同的类别混合选择应用程序。也就是说，``工作站''中也可以选择安装``开发''分类中的应用程序。\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\"：如果您计划将您的计算机用作工作站，请选择工作站分类中的一个或多个组。\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\"：如果您计划使用您的计算机进行编程，请从该类别中选择相应的组。\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\"：如果您的计算机即将成为服务，请选择您想要安装在计算机上的公共服务。\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\"：这里您可以选择您首选的图形环境。如果您想要试用图形界面，则至少要选择其中一个。\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"将鼠标光标移动到组名之上，您会看到该组的简要描述文字。如果您在执行常规安装(与升级相对)的时候一个组也没有选中，会弹出一个对话框建议最小安装的不同选项：\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\"：安装图形桌面所需的最少软件包。\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\"：安装基本系统，另加基本工具及相应文档。此安装适合建立服务器。\n"
+"显示卡\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：将安装使 Linux 系统能够正常运行的最少软件包。使用此安装，您仅仅有命令行界面。此安装的总计大小为约 65 兆字节。\n"
+"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示卡。如果检测的结果不对，您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示卡。\n"
 "\n"
-"如果您对所提供的软件包比较熟悉，或者您想要完全控制安装什么软件包，就可以选中\"%s\"选项。\n"
-"\n"
-"如果您以\"%s\"模式启动安装，您可以不选择任何组，这样可以避免安装任何新软件包。这对于修复或升级已有系统很有帮助。"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"The Mandrakelinux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
-"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
-"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
-msgstr ""
-"Mandrakelinux 安装分布于多张 CD-ROM 中。如果选中软件包位于另外的 CD-ROM，DrakX 将弹出当前\n"
-"CD，并要求您插入所需的正确 CD。"
+"   如果您的显示卡支持不同的服务器，为了选择是否要启用 3D 加速，您应该在这里选择符合您需要的服务器。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
-"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
-"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
-"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
-"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
-"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
-"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
-"\"root\".\n"
-"\n"
-"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
-"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
-"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
-"\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
-"must be able to remember it!\n"
-"\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
-"connect.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
-"\n"
-"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
-"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
-"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
-"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandrakelinux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
 msgstr ""
-"要保卫您的 GNU/Linux 系统，现在是最关键的一步：您需要输入 \"root\" 密码。\"Root\"\n"
-"是系统管理员，而且是唯一有权进行更新、添加用户、更改泛系统配置等操作的用户。简言之，\"root\" 可以做任何事！这就是为什么您必须选择难预测的密码\n"
-"- 如果您的密码太简单了，DrakX 会提醒您的。正如您所看到的那样，您不必非得输入密码，但是我们强烈建议您输入一个密码。GNU/Linux\n"
-"和其它任何操作系统一样容易遇到错误的操作。由于 \"root\" 可以越过所有限制并在访问分区时无意间就删除分区上的全部数据，所以成为\n"
-"\"root\" 应该很难才对。\n"
-"\n"
-"密码应该是字母和数字的无序混合，并且至少要有 8 位长。绝对不要将 \"root\" 的密码写下来 -- 这样的密码形同虚设。\n"
-"\n"
-"还有一条准则 -- 不要将密码设置得太长或太复杂，否则您自己也记不住！\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"您输入的密码不会显示在屏幕上。为了减少盲打所造成的输入错误，您需要再次输入密码。如果您碰巧两次都输错了，那么这个``不正确的''密码将成为您第一次使用时的密码。\n"
-"\n"
-"如果对此计算机的访问需要验证服务器的控制，请单击\"%s\"按钮。\n"
-"\n"
-"如果您的网络使用 LDAP 或 NIS，又或者PDC Windows\n"
-"域验证服务，请选择相应的\"%s\"。如果您不知道应该使用哪种，请询问您的网络管理员。\n"
-"\n"
-"如果您记住密码有困难的话，如果您的计算机不需要连接到 Internet，您也绝对信任可使用您计算机的所有人，您可以选择\"%s\"。"
+"在继续之前，您应该仔细阅读许可协议的条款。该许可适用于整个 Mandrakelinux\n"
+"发行版。如果您同意其中的全部条款，请选中\"%s\"框。如果不同意，单击\"%s\"按钮将重新启动您的计算机。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
-"\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
 "\n"
-"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
-"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
-"installed. By default Mandrakelinux will automatically start any installed\n"
-"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
-"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrakelinux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which aren't needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
 "\n"
-"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
-"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each them such\n"
-"that installation of one package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
 "\n"
-"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
-"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
-"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably don't want to start any services which you don't need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
 msgstr ""
+"此对话框可让您选择启动时要启动哪些服务。\n"
 "\n"
-"如果您通知安装程序您想要选择单个软件包，您就会看到一个树形结构，其中会按照组和子组分类显示全部软件包。浏览软件包树时，您可以选择整个组，子组或单个软件包。\n"
+"DrakX 将会列出本次安装所有可用的服务。请仔细检查，并且去掉那些在启动时不总需要的服务。\n"
 "\n"
-"只要您在左侧的树中选择了软件包，右侧就会出现该软件包用途的描述。\n"
+"将您的鼠标移动到选项上面会弹出帮助提示，解释这个服务的作用。不过，如果您不确定某一个服务到底是否需要，还是保留默认设置会比较安全。\n"
 "\n"
-"!! 如果选择了服务器软件包，不管是您特意选中的，还是因为该软件包是某组的成员，您都需要确认是否真的想要安装这些服务器。默认情况下，Mandrake\n"
-"Linux 会在启动时自动启动所有安装的服务。尽管在发行版送出时这些服务是安全的，但完全有可能在此版本 Mandrakelinux\n"
-"完成后发现了相应软件的安全漏洞。如果您并不知道特定服务的用途，或者不知道为什么要安装这些服务，请单击\"%s\"。单击\"%s\"将安装列出的服务，并且在默认启动时这些服务会被自动启动。\n"
 "!!\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\"%s\"选项用于禁止在安装程序自动选择软件包以解决依赖性问题时弹出警告对话框。某些软件包之间存在着一定的关系，可能一个软件包的安装需要先安装其它程序。安装程序会自动确定要满足依赖性需要安装哪些软件包，以便顺利完成安装。\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"列表底部的小软盘图标允许您装入先前安装时创建的软件包列表。如果您一次想要配置多台计算机，此选项可能非常有用。单击此图标后，您需要插入上次安装结束后创建的软盘。参看最后一步的第二条提示，其中描述了如何创建这样的软盘。"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"LILO and GRUB are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
-"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
-"\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
-"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
-msgstr ""
-"LILO 和 GRUB 都是 GNU/Linux 的引导程序。通常，这一步骤是完全自动的。DrakX\n"
-"将分析磁盘的引导扇区，并根据发现的情况做出以下操作：\n"
-"\n"
-" * 如果发现了 Windows 引导扇区，则将其替换为 GRUB/LILO 引导扇区。这样，您就可以装入 GNU/Linux\n"
-"或在您计算机上安装的任何操作系统。\n"
-"\n"
-" * 如果发现了 GRUB 或 LILO 引导扇区，则将其替换为新的引导扇区。\n"
-"\n"
-"如果无法确定，DrakX\n"
-"将询问您将引导程序放在哪里。通常，\"%s\"是最安全的地方。选择\"%s\"将不会安装任何引导程序。除非您真的知道自己在做什么的话，否则不要使用此选项。"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
-"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
-msgstr ""
-"您可以为 yaboot 添加更多的条目，如其它的操作系统、备用的内核，或者一个紧急引导镜像。\n"
-"\n"
-"对其它操作系统，条目仅有一个标签和有关的\"根\"分区。\n"
-"\n"
-"对于 Linux，有几个可能的选项：\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label：这只是您为了选择这个开机选项将要在 yaboot 提示行输入的名字。\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image：这是要启动的内核的名字。通常是 vmlinux 或者 vmlinux 带上不同的扩展。\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: 您安装 Linux 的\"根\"设备或``/''。\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append：在苹果的硬件中，内核的 append\n"
-"选项会经常用到，以便初始化视频硬件，或者击活键盘的鼠标键模拟，因为苹果鼠标上只有一个按键。例如：\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd：这个选项或者是用来在引导设备可用之前加载初始模块，或者在紧急引导状况中用来加载一个 ramdisk 内存文件系统。\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size：默认的 ramdisk 大小一般是 4096 字节。如果您需要分配一个大的 ramdisk，可以使用这个选项。\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write：通常\"root\"分区最初是以只读方式加载的，以便在系统真正开始工作之前检查文件系统。您可以设置此选项为其它方式。\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo：假如苹果的视频设备引起的问题太多，您可以选择这个选项，这样可以用``novideo''模式启动，使用内建的帧缓冲支持。\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default：把这个条目设置成默认的 Linux 选择，在 yaboot 提示行按 ENTER 就可以进入。如果您按 [Tab]\n"
-"列出所有启动选项这个条目前面会标记一个``*''。"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
-"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
-"driver."
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"\"%s\"：如果在您的系统中检测到了声卡，则会在此处显示。如果您发现在此显示的声卡与您系统中实际安装的声卡并不相同，您可以单击该按钮选择其它驱动程序。"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
-"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
-"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
-"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
-"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
-"changes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
-"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
-"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
-"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
-"operating systems!"
-msgstr ""
-"在您配置了常规的引导程序参数之后，这里所列出的引导选项将会在引导的时候显示出来。\n"
-"\n"
-"如果在您的计算机上安装了其它的操作系统，DrakX\n"
-"会自动将其添加到引导菜单中。如果您想要调整已有的选项，可以单击\"%s\"创建新项；选中一项，然后单击\"%s\"或\"%s\"可执行相应操作。\"%s\"代表您同意所作的修改。\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"您可能不想让可以访问控制台并能够重新启动计算机的任何人访问其它操作系统。您可以在此删除操作系统的对应选项，就可以在引导程序菜单中删除该项。但是，您必须有启动盘才能在需要的时候引导其它操作系统！"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
-"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
-"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
-"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
-"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
-"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
-"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
-"\n"
-"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
-"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
-"still under development. For that reason, Mandrakelinux will be using it\n"
-"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
-"\n"
-" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
-"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
-"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
-"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
-"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
-"chosen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
-"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
-"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will also be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
-"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
-"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
-"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
-msgstr ""
-"您对首选语言的选择将影响文档、安装程序及系统的总体配置。请先选择您所在的地区，然后选择您讲的语言。\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"单击\"%s\"按钮以后，您可以选择要在您的工作站上安装哪些额外的语言，即为系统文档和应用程序安装特定语言的文件。例如，如果您的计算机要为繁体中文的用户提供服务，请在树视图中选择简体中文作为默认语言，然后在高级选项中选择\"%s\"。\n"
-"\n"
-"关于 UTF-8 (Unicode) 支持：Unicode 是一种新的字符编码，该编码可支持所有现存的语言。但是，在 GNU/Linux 下完全支持\n"
-"Unicode，仍然在开发和完善中。由此原因，Mandrakelinux 会根据用户的选择是否使用 UTF-8：\n"
-"\n"
-" * 如果您所选的语言自身有强制性的编码(latin1 语言、俄语、日语、中文、朝鲜语、泰语、希腊语、土耳其语及大多数 iso-8859-2\n"
-"语言)，则会默认使用强制编码；\n"
-"\n"
-" * 其它语言默认会使用 Unicode；\n"
-"\n"
-" * 如果需要两种或更多种语言，而这两种语言所使用的编码并不相同，则整个系统都会使用 Unicode；\n"
-"\n"
-" * 最后，如果要强制系统使用 Unicode，而不管选中的是哪个或哪些语言，则应选中选项\"%s\"。\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"请注意，系统没有限制您只能选择一种额外的语言。您可以选择多种语言，甚至选择\"%s\"框表明您想要安装全部语言。选择支持某种语言，意味着同时安装该语言的翻译、字体、拼写检查程序等等。\n"
-"\n"
-"要在系统中所安装的不同语言之间切换，请以 \"root\" 身份执行 \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\"\n"
-"命令，这样可以更改整个系统所用的语言。以普通用户执行该命令，只会更改特定用户的语言设置。"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
-"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
-"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
-"similar to the one used during installation."
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"\"%s\"：单击\"%s\"按钮将打开打印机配置向导。请参看``初学者指南''中的相应章节，其中详细描述了如何设置新打印机。那里给出的界面与安装时所用的界面大体相同。"
+"如果您的机器将作为服务器，在这一步请格外小心：请不要启动任何您不需要的服务。请不要忘了，如果在服务器上启用了某些服务，这些服务可能对服务器造成潜在的危险。通常，只选择您确实要使用的那些服务。\n"
+"!!"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
-msgstr ""
-"选项\n"
+"Monitor\n"
 "\n"
-"   您可以在此选择是否想要在计算机启动的时候就切换到图形界面。显然，如果本机将用作服务器，或者您的显示配置还没有成功，您应该选择\"%s\"。"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
-"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who\n"
-"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
-"address."
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
 msgstr ""
-"在这里，DrakX 将允许您选择计算机要使用的安全级别。说的直白一点，如果计算机将包含关键数据，或者将直接暴露于 Internet\n"
-"之下，则应该设置较高的安全级别。较高的安全级别通常以损失易用性作为代价。\n"
-"\n"
-"如果您不知道要选择什么，请保持默认选项。您可以稍后从 Mandrake Control Center 中通过 draksec 来更改安全级别。\n"
+"显示器\n"
 "\n"
-"\"%s\"域可以告知系统哪位用户要负责本机的安全。安全信息将被发送到该地址。"
+"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示器。如果检测的结果不对，您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示器。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
-"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
-"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
-"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
-"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
-"necessary.\n"
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandrakelinux, and to make it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list.\n"
+"Mandrakelinux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
-"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
-"correct.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
-"change it if necessary.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
-"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100% LSB-compliant.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
-"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
-"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
-"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
-"configure it manually.\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
-"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
-"card.\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
-"now.\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
-"previous step ().\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
-"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
-"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
-"firewall settings.\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
-"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
-"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
-"idea to review this setup."
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
 msgstr ""
-"作为概览，DrakX\n"
-"将会将它所发现的关于系统的信息概览显示出来。根据您所安装的硬件不同，您可能会看到以下各项的部分或全部。每项由几个可配置的条目组成，而每个条目后面都列出了当前配置的概览。单击相应的\"%s\"按钮可进行更改。\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\"：检查当前的键盘映射配置，如果需要的话进行更改。\n"
-"\n"
-" *\n"
-"\"%s\"：检查当前的国家选择。如果您并非在这个国家，请单击\"%s\"按钮，并选择另外的选项。如果您的国家在第一个列表中并没有显示出来，单击\"%s\"按钮可获得完整的国家列表。\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\"：默认情况下，DrakX 会根据您所选的国家猜测您的时区。如果时区不对的话，您可以单击此处的\"%s\"按钮。\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\"：检查当前的鼠标配置，如果需要的话单击按钮进行修改。\n"
-"\n"
-" *\n"
-"\"%s\"：单击\"%s\"按钮将打开打印机配置向导。请参看``初学者指南''中的相应章节，其中详细描述了如何设置新打印机。那里给出的界面与安装时所用的界面大体相同。\n"
-"\n"
-" *\n"
-"\"%s\"：如果在您的系统中检测到了声卡，则会在此处显示。如果您发现在此显示的声卡与您系统中实际安装的声卡并不相同，您可以单击该按钮选择其它驱动程序。\n"
+"现在该指定要在您的系统中安装哪些程序了。Mandrakelinux\n"
+"为您准备了数千个软件包。而为了使管理软件包更加容易，软件包已经按相似程度分成了多个组。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：默认情况下，DrakX 会将您的图形界面配置为 \"800x600\" 或 \"1024x768\"\n"
-"分辨率。如果这不适合您的话，请单击\"%s\"重新配置您的图形界面。\n"
+"Mandrakelinux\n"
+"按四个类别对软件包进行了分类。您可以从不同的类别混合选择应用程序。也就是说，``工作站''中也可以选择安装``服务器''分类中的应用程序。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：如果在您的系统中检测到了电视卡，则会在此显示。如果您安装了电视卡，但并未被正确检测到，请单击\"%s\"尝试手动进行配置。\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您计划将您的计算机用作工作站，请选择工作站分类中的一个或多个组。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：如果在您的系统中检测到了 ISDN 卡，则会在此显示。您可以单击\"%s\"选择与该卡关联的参数。\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您计划使用您的计算机进行编程，请从该类别中选择相应的组。特殊的 \"LSB\"\n"
+"组将会对您的系统进行配置，这样所编译的结果将会尽可能遵从 Linux 标准基础(LSB)规范。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：看您是否现在就要配置您的 Internet 或局域网访问。\n"
+"   选择 \"LSB\" 组将安装 \"2.4\" 内核系列，而不是默认的 \"2.6\" 内核。这是为了保证系统能够百分之百的遵从\n"
+"LSB。但是，即便您不选择 \"LSB\" 组，您也会得到一个接近百分之百遵从 LSB 的系统。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：此项允许您重新调整安全级别，与以前的步骤完全相同()。\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您的计算机即将成为服务器，请选择您想要安装在计算机上的公共服务。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：如果您计划将您的计算机连接到\n"
-"Internet，那么保护您的计算机免于攻击的有效方法就是设置防火墙。请参考``初学者指南''中的相应章节，以获得关于防火墙设置的细节。\n"
+" * \"%s\"：这里您可以选择您首选的图形环境。如果您想要使用图形界面，则至少要选择其中一个。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：如果您想要更改您的引导程序配置，请单击该按钮。这仅适用于高级用户保留。\n"
+"将鼠标光标移动到组名之上，您会看到该组的简要描述文字。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"：在此您可以精确调整要在您的计算机上运行哪些服务。如果您要将此计算机用作服务器，那么应该复查这一设置。"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
-"or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-msgstr ""
-"如果您的显示卡支持不同的服务器，为了选择是否要启用 3D 加速，您应该在这里选择符合您需要的服务器。"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
-"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
-"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
-"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
-"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
-"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
-"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
-"mouse up and down.\n"
-"\n"
-"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
-"from the list provided.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
-"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
-"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
-"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
-"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
-"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
-"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
-"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
-"mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"通常情况下，DrakX\n"
-"能够正确检测到您的鼠标有几个按键。如果检测不正确的话，就会假定您有一个两键鼠标，并配置为模拟第三键。用两键鼠标``模拟按下''第三键的方法是，同时按下左右键。DrakX\n"
-"会自动确定您的鼠标所使用的端口，是 PS/2，是串口，还是 USB 接口。\n"
+"如果您对所提供的软件包比较熟悉，或者您想要完全控制安装什么软件包，就可以选中\"%s\"选项。\n"
 "\n"
-"如果您的三键鼠标没有滚轮，您可以选择\"%s\"类型的鼠标。DrakX 就会配置您的鼠标来模拟滚轮：只需按下中键，然后上下移动鼠标。\n"
+"如果您以\"%s\"模式启动安装，您可以不选择任何组，这样可以避免安装任何新软件包。这对于修复或升级已有系统很有帮助。\n"
 "\n"
-"如果因为某些原因，您希望指定不同类型的鼠标，请从提供的列表中进行选择。\n"
+"如果您在执行常规安装(与升级相对)的时候一个组也没有选中，会弹出一个对话框建议最小安装的不同选项：\n"
 "\n"
-"如果您选择了不同于默认类型的鼠标，会出现一个测试屏幕。请用您鼠标的按键和滚轮来验证设置是否正确，鼠标是否工作正常。如果鼠标工作不正常，请按空格键或\n"
-"[Enter] 键取消测试，返回到可供选择的列表中。\n"
+" * \"%s\"：安装图形桌面所需的最少软件包。\n"
 "\n"
+" * \"%s\"：安装基本系统，另加基本工具及相应文档。此安装适合建立服务器。\n"
 "\n"
-"滚轮鼠标有时可能无法自动检测，所以您可能需要从列表中进行选择。请确定您选对了鼠标所连接的端口。选择鼠标后，单击\"%s\"按钮，会在屏幕上出现鼠标图像。试着滚动滚轮，以确保滚轮可以正常激活。您在滚动鼠标滚轮的同时应该看到屏幕上的滚轮也在滚动，按键和鼠标指针的移动也应该和鼠标的操作保持一致。"
+" * \"%s\"：将安装使 Linux 系统能够正常运行的最少软件包。使用此安装，您仅仅有命令行界面。此安装的总计大小为约 65 兆字节。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
-"covers the entire Mandrakelinux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
-"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
-"will reboot your computer."
+"The Mandrakelinux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
 msgstr ""
-"在继续之前，您应该仔细阅读许可协议的条款。该许可适用于整个 Mandrakelinux\n"
-"发行版。如果您同意其中的全部条款，请选中\"%s\"框。如果不同意，单击\"%s\"按钮将重新启动您的计算机。"
+"Mandrakelinux 安装分布于多张 CD-ROM 中。如果选中软件包位于另外的 CD-ROM，DrakX 将弹出当前\n"
+"CD，并要求您插入所需的正确 CD。如果您手中没有所请求的 CD，只需单击\"%s\"，就不会安装相应的软件包了。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Graphic Card\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
 "\n"
-"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
-"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
-"best suits your needs."
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
 msgstr ""
-"显示卡\n"
-"\n"
-"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示卡。如果不幸您的显示卡未被检测出来，您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示卡。\n"
+"GNU/Linux 以 GMT (格林威治标准时)管理时间，并根据您所选的时区将其翻译为本地时间。如果您主板上的时钟设定为本地时间，您应当关闭\n"
+"\"%s\"，这将会让 GNU/Linux 知道系统始终和硬件时钟在同一时区。如果本计算机仍然运行其它操作系统，如\n"
+"Windows，则此设置将十分有用。\n"
 "\n"
-"   如果您的显示卡支持不同的服务器，为了选择是否要启用 3D 加速，您应该在这里选择符合您需要的服务器。"
+"\"%s\"选项将连接到 Internet 上的远程时间服务器自动校准系统时钟。要让此特性正常工作，您必须连接到\n"
+"Internet。最好选择地理位置离您较近的时间服务器。此选项还会自动安装时间服务器，这样您局域网中的其它计算机都能够进行自动校时了。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
-"Mandrakelinux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
-"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
-"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
-"button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
-"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"About Winmodem Connection. Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems\n"
-"that require additional software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of\n"
-"those modems actually work under Mandrakelinux, some others do not. You\n"
-"can consult the list of supported modems at LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
-msgstr ""
-"现在您可以设置您的 Internet/局域网连接。如果您希望把您的电脑连接到 Internet 或者局域网，请单击\"%s\"。Mandrake\n"
-"Linux 会尝试自动检测网络设备和调制解调器。如果检测失败，请清除\n"
-"\"%s\"框然后再试一次。您也可以不配置网络，或者以后再进行这一步骤，这时请按\"%s\"按钮跳过这一步。\n"
-"\n"
-"在进行网络配置的过程中，目前支持的连接方式有：普通调制解调器连接，软猫连接，ISDN 调制解调器，ADSL\n"
-"连接，有线电视调制解调器，以及最简单的LAN 连接(以太网)。\n"
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
 "\n"
-"我们不在这里详细讨论每种连接方式 - 只要保证您从您的互联网服务商或者系统管理员那里得到了所有必要的参数即可，其中可能包括 IP\n"
-"地址、默认网关、DNS 服务器等参数。\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
 "\n"
-"关于软猫连接。软猫是特殊的集成性低端调制解调器，需要额外的软件才能像普通调制解调器那样工作。这些调制解调器的其中一些可以在 Mandrake\n"
-"Linux 下工作，而其他一些不行。您可以在 LinModems 上找到所支持的软猫列表。\n"
+"One caveat: don't make the password too long or too complicated because you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
 "\n"
-"您可以参阅 ``初学者指南'' 中关于 Internet 连接配置的详细内容，或者只是等到系统安装完了，使用那里描述的程序配置您的连接。"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
+"The password won't be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
 "\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
 "\n"
-"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
-"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you don't know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
 "\n"
-"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
 msgstr ""
-"此对话框可让您选择启动时要启动哪些服务。\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX 将会列出本次安装所有可用的服务。请仔细检查，并且去掉那些在启动时不总需要的服务。\n"
+"要保卫您的 GNU/Linux 系统，现在是最关键的一步：您需要输入 \"root\" 密码。\"Root\"\n"
+"是系统管理员，而且是唯一有权进行更新、添加用户、更改泛系统配置等操作的用户。简言之，\"root\"\n"
+"可以做任何事！这就是为什么您必须选择难于猜测的密码：如果您的密码太简单了，DrakX\n"
+"会提醒您的。正如您所看到的那样，您不必非得输入密码，但是我们强烈建议您输入一个密码。GNU/Linux 和其它任何操作系统一样容易遇到错误的操作。由于\n"
+"\"root\" 可以越过所有限制并在访问分区时无意间就删除分区上的全部数据，所以成为 \"root\" 应该很难才对。\n"
 "\n"
-"移动您的鼠标到选项上面会弹出帮助提示，解释这个服务的作用。不过，如果您不确定某一个服务到底是否需要，还是保留默认设置会比较安全。\n"
+"密码应该是字母和数字的无序混合，并且至少要有 8 位长。绝对不要将 \"root\" 的密码写下来 -- 这样的密码形同虚设。\n"
 "\n"
-"!!\n"
-"如果您的机器将作为服务器，在这一步请格外小心：请不要启动任何您不需要的服务。请不要忘了，某些服务对服务器有潜在的危险。通常，只选择您确实要使用的那些服务。\n"
-"!!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Monitor\n"
+"还有一条准则 -- 不要将密码设置得太长或太复杂，否则您自己也记不住！\n"
 "\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-"显示器\n"
+"您输入的密码不会显示在屏幕上。为了减少盲打所造成的输入错误，您需要再次输入密码。如果您碰巧两次都输错了，那么这个``不正确的''密码将成为您第一次以\n"
+"\"root\" 身份登录时的密码。\n"
 "\n"
-"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示器。如果不幸您的显示器未被检测出来，您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示器。"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
-"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
-"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
-"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
-"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
-"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"如果您想要身份验证服务器控制对您计算机的访问，请单击\"%s\"按钮。\n"
 "\n"
-"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
-"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
-"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
-"other machines on your local network as well."
-msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux 以 GMT (格林威治标准时)管理时间，并根据您所选的时区将其翻译为本地时间。如果您主板上的时钟设定为本地时间，您应当关闭\n"
-"\"%s\"，这将会让 GNU/Linux 知道系统始终和硬件时钟在同一时区。如果本计算机仍然运行其它操作系统，如\n"
-"Windows，则此设置将十分有用。\n"
+"如果您的网络使用 LDAP 或 NIS，又或者PDC Windows\n"
+"域验证服务，请选择相应的\"%s\"。如果您不知道应该使用哪种，请询问您的网络管理员。\n"
 "\n"
-"\"%s\"选项将连接到 Internet 上的远程时间服务器自动校准时间。要让此特性正常工作，您必须连接到\n"
-"Internet。最好选择地理位置离您较近的时间服务器。此选项还会自动安装时间服务器，这样您局域网中的其它计算机都能够进行自动校时了。"
+"如果您记住密码有困难的话，如果您的计算机不需要连接到 Internet，您也绝对信任可使用您计算机的所有人，您可以选择\"%s\"。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1296,10 +986,9 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list."
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country isn't in the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
 msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "\"%s\"：检查当前的国家选择。如果您并非在这个国家，请单击\"%s\"按钮，并选择另外的选项。如果您的国家在第一个列表中并没有显示出来，单击\"%s\"按钮可获得完整的国家列表。"
@@ -1307,41 +996,36 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
 "\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
 "partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you don't have to reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
 "\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"won't be able to recover it.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
 "\n"
 "Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
 "Mandrakelinux operating system installation.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
 "bad blocks on the disk."
 msgstr ""
-"任何新定义的分区必须在使用之前先格式化(格式化意味着创建文件系统)。\n"
-"\n"
-"此时，您可能想要先格式化某些已有分区，以便删除这些分区的全部数据。如果您希望这么做的话，请同时选中这些分区。\n"
+"如果您想要重用某些现有的 GNU/Linux\n"
+"分区，您可能想要先格式化其中的一些分区，并删除这些分区中的全部数据。如果您希望这么做的话，请同时选中这些分区。\n"
 "\n"
 "请注意，没有必要重新格式化已有的全部分区。您必须重新格式化包含操作系统的分区(比如 \"/\"，\"/usr\" 或\n"
 "\"/var\")，而无需重新格式化包含您想要保留的数据的分区(典型的如 \"/home\")。\n"
 "\n"
 "请在选择分区时额外小心。格式化后，选中分区的全部数据都将被删除，您也无法进行恢复。\n"
 "\n"
-"如果您准备好格式化分区了，请单击 \"%s\"。\n"
+"如果您准备好格式化分区了，请单击\"%s\"。\n"
 "\n"
 "如果您想要选择其它分区用于安装 Mandrakelinux 操作系统，请单击\"%s\"。\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1350,25 +1034,77 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
-"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the\n"
-"selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandrakelinux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrakelinux was\n"
+"finalized. If you don't know what a particular service is supposed to do or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"如果您选中了想要选择单个软件包，安装程序会显示出一个软件包的树形结构，其中会按照组和子组分类显示全部软件包。浏览软件包树时，您可以选择整个组，子组或单个软件包。\n"
+"\n"
+"只要您在左侧的树中选择了软件包，右侧就会出现该软件包用途的描述。\n"
+"\n"
+"!!\n"
+"如果选择了服务器软件包，不管是您特意选中的，还是因为该软件包是某组的成员，您都需要确认是否真的想要安装这些服务器。默认情况下，Mandrakelinux\n"
+"会在启动时自动启动已安装的全部服务。尽管在发行版送出时这些服务是安全的，但完全有可能在此版本 Mandrakelinux\n"
+"完成后发现了相应软件的安全漏洞。如果您并不知道特定服务的用途，或者不知道为什么要安装这些服务，请单击\"%s\"。单击\"%s\"将安装列出的服务，并且启动时这些服务会被自动启动。\n"
+"!!\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"选项用于在安装程序自动选择软件包以解决依赖性问题时禁止弹出警告对话框。某些软件包会依赖其它软件包，而要安装一个软件包的需要先安装另外一个软件包。安装程序会自动确定要满足依赖性需要安装哪些软件包，以便顺利完成安装。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"列表底部的小软盘图标允许您装入先前安装时创建的软件包列表。如果您一次想要配置多台计算机，此选项可能非常有用。单击此图标后，您需要插入另外一次安装结束后创建的那张软盘。参看最后一步的第二条提示，其中描述了如何创建这样的软盘。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
 "\n"
-"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
 "language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
 "have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
 "you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
-"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"country-set keyboard don't match. In either case, this installation step\n"
 "will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
 "keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
 msgstr ""
-"根据您在一节中所选择的语言，DrakX 将会自动选择特定类型的键盘配置。请检查列出的选项是否适合您，若不适合请选择其它键盘布局。\n"
+"根据您在中所选择的语言，DrakX 将会自动选择特定类型的键盘配置。请检查列出的选项是否适合您，若不适合请选择其它键盘布局。\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "当然，可能您使用的语言与键盘并不相同：例如，您是说英语的瑞典本土人，但正在用瑞士键盘。或者，如果您说英语但住在魁北克，您可能也会遇到您的母语和所使用的键盘并不匹配的情况。不管是哪种情况，您都可以在这一步骤从列表种选择相应的键盘。\n"
@@ -1380,19 +1116,50 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can't determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" won't install any boot loader. Use this option only if you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"所谓引导程序，是指计算机启动时所执行的小程序。它的责任就是启动整个系统。通常，引导程序的安装是全自动的。DrakX\n"
+"将分析磁盘的引导扇区，并根据发现的情况做出以下操作：\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果发现了 Windows 引导扇区，则将其替换为 GRUB/LILO 引导扇区。这样，您就可以装入 GNU/Linux\n"
+"或在您计算机上安装的任何操作系统。\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果发现了 GRUB 或 LILO 引导扇区，则将其替换为新的引导扇区。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果无法确定，DrakX\n"
+"将询问您将引导程序放在哪里。通常，\"%s\"是最安全的地方。选择\"%s\"将不会安装任何引导程序。除非您真的知道自己在做什么的话，否则不要使用此选项。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
-"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
 "should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
-"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
 "\n"
 "The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
-"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
-"the installation you just configured.\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
 "\n"
-"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
 "\n"
 "    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
 "step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
@@ -1400,13 +1167,18 @@ msgid ""
 "    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
 "rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
 "\n"
-"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
-"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n"
-"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n"
-"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
 msgstr ""
 "现在安装已经完成，您的 GNU/Linux 系统已经可以使用了。只需单击\"%s\"就可重新启动系统。别忘了取出安装介质(CD-ROM\n"
 "或软盘)。在计算机完成硬件测试后，您所看到的第一个系统自检完后的屏幕就是引导菜单，您可以从中选择要启动哪个操作系统。\n"
@@ -1423,8 +1195,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "   如果有一大批相同的机器要安装，这个功能非常方便。请参考我们网站上的自动安装一节中的更多信息。\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\":把您刚才选择的软件包记录在软盘上。要使用本次的安装包执行另外一次安装，请插入软盘然后开始安装。出现提示的时候，按 [F1]\n"
-"键，输入 >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<。"
+" * \"%s\"(*)：把您刚才选择的软件包记录在软盘上。要使用本次的安装包执行另外一次安装，请插入软盘然后开始安装。出现提示的时候，按 [F1]\n"
+"键，输入 >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<。\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) 您需要一张 FAT 格式的软盘。要在 GNU/Linux 下创建一张这样的软盘，一种方法是输入 \"mformat a:\"；另一种是首先\n"
+"\"fdformat /dev/fd0\"，然后 \"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"。"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1503,7 +1278,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "在这一步中，您需要选择要使用哪个或哪些分区来安装您的 Mandrakelinux 系统。如果已经定义了分区，不管是先前安装的 GNU/Linux\n"
 "还是由其它分区工具划分的，您都可以使用已有的分区。否则，必须对硬盘分区进行定义。\n"
 "\n"
-"要创建分区，您必须先选择硬盘。您可以单击 ``hda'' 选择第一个 IDE 硬盘进行分区，``hdb'' 选择第二个 IDE 硬盘，``sda''\n"
+"要创建分区，您必须先选择硬盘。您可以单击``hda'' 选择第一个 IDE 硬盘进行分区，``hdb'' 选择第二个 IDE 硬盘，``sda''\n"
 "选择第一个 SCSI 驱动器，依此类推。\n"
 "\n"
 "为了对选中硬盘进行分区，您需要使用这些选项：\n"
@@ -1546,6 +1321,6 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "要的关于不同的文件系统类型的更多信息，请查看 ``参考手册''中 ext2FS 一章。\n"
 "\n"
-"如果您在 PPC 计算机上安装，您可能需要创建至少 1MB 大小的 HFS ``bootstrap'' 分区，该分区将用于 yaboot\n"
+"如果您在 PPC 计算机上安装，您可能需要创建至少 1MB 大小的 HFS``bootstrap'' 分区，该分区将用于 yaboot\n"
 "引导程序。如果您创建的分区再稍微大点，比如说 50MB，您可能会发现这个分区可用来存储内核或紧急引导时的虚拟磁盘映像。"